617 



' > •'.^^^^r ^V' ^^ 

































-^^^* ^0 









im^ - ^^^^ o 












4 O 

■ft.' Q_ *■ ^-^^ ■» rv^ <^ 

























jsEsooi>Ji> Es i> I T I o r<a- 



CHARLES V. MAPES' 

(B. M. WHITLOCK, SPECIAL PARTNER) 



(FOR 1861) 



HiemyLTiiaL MPLEilEiT 




MAPES' AGRICULTURAL WAREHOUSE, 

126 & 12S NASSAU and 11 BEEKMAN STREETS, 
NEW YORK. 



Manufacturer and Dealer in every variety of improved Agricultural and 
Horticultural Implements and Machines, etc. 

J Garden, Field, and Flower Seeds, 

||l IN BULK AND IN PAPERS. 

|PE8' NITROGENIZED SUPERPHOSPHATE OF LIME. 

V Libt'rHl Arrangements made with Dealers. 

PERUVIAN GUANO, AND OTHER FERTILIZERS. 



'^ d ^ ^ 



^ ... 










h 



y 






m l 



ibj] 

eg 

UJ] 

1 
Id] 






V 



\ 



CHARLES V. MAPES 

(b. m. whitlock, special partner) 



i^ 



(FOR 1861) 



F L O "V\^ S, 



AND OTHER 



AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS 
AND MACHINES, 

. FOR SALE AT 

MAPES' 
AGKICULTUKAL IMPLEMENT AND SEED WAKEHOUSE, 

126 and 128 Nassau Street, and 11 Beekman St., 
NE^V YORK, N. V. 



Wholesale and Retail Dealer in every variety of Agricultural and Horticul- 
tural Implements and Machines, Garden, Field, and Flower 
Seeds, Fruit and Ornamental Trees, Vines, &c., &c. 

MAPES' NITROGENIZED SUPERPHOSPHATE OF LIME, PERUVIAN GUANO, 

AND OTHER FERTILIZERS. 



NEW YORK: 

M'CREA & MILLER, STEREOTYPERS, 

15 VANDEWATER STREET, 
1861. 

\ 



COPIES OF THIS CATALOGUE WILL BE FURNISHED GRATIS, 
AT MY OFFICE. 



Entered accordiagto Act of Congress, in the year 1861. 

By CHARLES V. MAPE3, 

In the Clerk's OflBce of the District Court of the United States for the 

Southern District of New York. 



AGEICULTURAL ADYICE. 
The proprietors have made an arrangement with Prof. James J. Mapes, Con- 
sulting Agriculturist, to attend at their office each day, from 11 to 1 o'clock, 
for the purpose of advising farmers, without charge, as to all questions con- 
nected' with Agriculture, Horticulture, &c. 

r ' <'^ 



r 



ADVERTISEMENT. 



In offering this Price List to his friends and customers, Hi proprietor begs 
to tender his thanks for past patronage, the increase of which has been so 
satisfactory as to command his earnest efforts to meet its requirements, and 
in consequence, he has extended his facilities, both as manufacturer, and as 
agent for manufacturing establishments, to a great extent. For several 
manufacturing houses in the East, and elsewhere, he has the exclusive 
agency ; among these is the large establishment of Mr. H. Waters, for the 
manufacture of Scythes, at Northbridge, Massachusetts ; also, for Messrs. 
Bacheller & Sons' Hay and Manure Forks ; Whitney's Patent Plowman ; 
Lashes' Spring Beam Plow ; Salsbury's Brick and Tile Machine, etc., etc. 

In the Manure department, they have the sole agency of Mapes' Super- 
Phosphate of Lime, and are ready to supply all other Fertilizers of merit at 
the lowest prices. 

The Seed department is superintended by an experienced Seedsman, and 
most of the Seeds sold in this establishment are raised on the farm of the 
editor of the Working Farmer. Those kinds which cannot be perfected in 
this country, are imported from the most responsible and reliable sources in 
Europe. 

The Nursery and Plant department is supplied from a Nursery and Gar- 
den connected with this establishment, and under the surveillance of its pro- 
prietor. 

Messrs. L. H. Gibbs, J. W. Parkinson, and others, have been engaged for 
the planning and improving of machinery connected with agriculture, and it 
is hoped soon to be able to present a variety of new machines, connected 
with the cultivation of cotton, tobacco, sugar, corn, and other crops. 

Arrangements have been made with Messrs. Nourse, Mason & Co., and 
other large manufacturers of agricultural implements, by which their goods 
can be furnished at the same prices at which they are sold at their establish- 
ments ; and in every department, the proprietor hopes to be able to meet the 
requirements of his customers. 

During the year he has received from the American Institute, and other 
public institutions, twenty-one premiums for implements of superior quali- 
ties, all of which may be seen at his establishment. 

Illustrated and Descriptive Catalogues furnished gratis on application at 
my office, or by mail upon receipt of stamps sufficient to pre-pay postage, 10 
cents. 



MOPES' 



AGRICULTUEAL IMPLEMENT 



-A. N" D 



SEED WAREHOUSE, 




126 and 128 ISTASSAU, and 11 BEEKMAN STS., 
ISTEAV YORK, ]>^. Y. 



EVERY VARIETY OF 



AGRICULTURAI- IMPLEMENTS & MACHINERY, 

SEEDS AND FERTILIZERS, 
GUANO, 

MAPES' ISriTROGhENIZED" 

SUPER-PHOSPIIATE OF EIME, ETC. 



C. V. MAPES' KETAIL PRICE LIST. 



NEW YORK, JAN'Y 1st. 1861. 



EAGLE PLOWS. 











Wheel 


D. Rod 


KINDS. 


NOS. 


Plain. 


Cutter 


and 

Cutter 


Wand 

Cutter 


Light Horse, 


14, 


3 25 








Light Horse, 


14i, 


3 75 








Medium Horse, 


15, 


4 50 








Small Horse, 


Al, 


3 25 








Medium Horse, 


A 2, 


4 50 








One Horse, 


IB, 


5 50 


6 50 


7 50 




Two Horse, 


2B, 


7 00 


8 25 


9 50 




Davis Cotton, 


6 in. 


3 25 








Davis Cotton, 


7 iD. 


3 50 








Eice, Trenching 




6 00 








One Horse, 


P. 19, 


5 00 








One Horse, 


P. 19J, 


6 00 








Two Horse, 


P. 20. 


7 00 


8 50 


9 75 




Two Horse, 


P. 21, 


8 00 


9 50 


10 75 





BMPROVED EAGLE PLOWS. 



One Horse, 
One Horse, 
Sod Plow, 
Sod Plow, 
Light Sod, 
Light Sod, 
Large Sod, 
Large Sod, 
Heavy, . 
Light Sod, 
Medium Sward, 
Medium Sward, 
Medium Coult. 
Left Hand, . 
Left Hand, . 



A, 
0, 
1, 
1, Coul 

2! " 

20, 

20, " 

28, " 

36, 

B, 

C, 

D, 

46, 

47, 



4 50 
6 00 

8 00 

9 50 
8 50 

10 00 
10 00, 
12 00 
17 50 

8 00 
10 00 

9 00 

8 00 

9 00 



7 00 8 00 
9 50 10 75 
1100 12 25 
10 00:1125 
1150 12 75 
12 00! 13 50 
14 00 15 50 
20 00 22 00 



9 50 
12 00 
10 50 



10 75 
13 50 
12 00 



9 50 11 00 
1100 12 50 



Eagle, 20, with meadow fixtures complete. 



11 

12 75 
1175 

13 25 

14 50 
16 50 
24 00 
1125 
14 50 
13 00 

1150 
13 00 
18 00 



EAGLE SELF-SHARPENERS. 



Light Horse, 
Light Horse, 
One Horse, 
Medium Sod, 
Large Sod, 
Heavy Sod, 
Med. left Hand, 
8 or 4 Horse, " 



0, 


3 75 






1, 


5 00 









6 00 


7 00 


8 00 


3, 


8 00 


9 50 


1100 


4, 


9 00 


1100 


12 50 


5, 


10 00 


12 00 


13 50 


40, 


10 00 


12 00 


13 50 


41, 


13 50 


16 00 


17 50 



1150 

13 00 

14 00 
14 00 
18 50 



DOUBLE-MOULD PLOWS. 



Eidging, 
Eidging, . 
Eidging, . 
Eidging, . 
Sugar Cane, 
Sugar Cane, 
Sugar Cane, 



H. 


3 50 


u. 


5 00 


2, 


6 50 


4, 


8 00 


3, 


8 00 


4, 


12 00 


5, 


16 00 



Fluke, wro't. 



MAPES' LIFTING SUB-SOIL PLOWS. 



DESCRIPTION. 



Steel and Wrought 

Iron, 6 to 10 in. 

deep, cut 5 inch, 

ODe horse, 
Steel and Wrought 

Iron, 10 to 14 in. 

deep, cut 6 inch, 

two horse. 
Steel and Wrought 

Iron, 12 to 16 in. 

deep, cut 8 inch, 

2 to 3 horses, - 
Steel and Wrought 

Iron, 14 to 18 in. 

deep, cut 9 inch, 

4 cattle. 



D Rod 

orSootch 
Clevis. 



00 



11 00 



12 50 



12 50 



14 00 



16 00 17 50 



Wheel 
and 

Cutter 



CAST SUB-SOIL PLOWS. 



EINDS. 



One Horse, . 
Two Horse, . 
Heavy Horse, 
D'ble Wing & 



NOS. 



Plain. D. Rod 



5 50 

7 00 



6 00 

7 50 
12 00 
15 00 



Wheel D. Rod 

and W.and 

D Rod Cutter 



7 25 

9 00 

13 50 

16 50 



SIDE-HILL PLOWS. 



Light Horse, 
One Horse, 
Two Horse, 
Sod, 
Sod, 
Large Sod, 

Heavy Eoad, 



0, 
00, 
B 1, 

A 2' 
A3, 

A 4, 



5 00 
700 

8 00 

9 00 
10 00 
12 00 

14 00 



Wheel 
Cutter and 
Cutter 



9 25 
10 50 
1150 
13 50 
D. Rod 
15 00 



10 50 

12 00 

13 00 
15 00 



1100 

13 00 

14 00 
16 00 



SIDE-HILL PLOWS. (SWIVEL) 



DESCRIPTION 



Sod, Furrows 6 in., 
deep, 11 to 12 in. 
wide, 2 to 3 horses 

Sod; Furrows 7 to 9 
in. deep, 12 to 14 
in. wide, 3 to 4 
horses, 

Stubble, Furrows 6 
to 9 in. deep, 12 
to 14 in. wide, 2 
horses. 

Stubble, Furrows 8 
to 10 hi. deep, 12 
to 14 in. wide, 3 
to 4 horses, 



NOS. 



No. 83, 



No. 84, 11 00 



1». Rod 
or?cotch Cutter 
Clevis 



10 50 



No. 82, 



9 00 



No. 85, 11 00 12 5013 00 



12 00 



Wheel 

and 
Cutter 



13 50 



12 50 14 00 



10 50 



12 00 



C. V. MAPES' RETAIL PRICE LIST. 

PATENT 
IMPROVED DEEP-TILLING PLOWS-CAST IRON. 



DESCRIPTION. 



STUBBLE OR OLD GROUND PLOWS. 



Old Ground, Stublc, Furrows 4 to G inches deep, 8 to 

10 in. wide, one horse, 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows G to 8 in. deep, 9 to 11 

in. wide, small, two horse. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows G to 8 in. deep, 9 to 11 

in. wide. Steel Share, two horse. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows, suitable for Western 

and California soils, - - - - 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 6 to 9 in. deep, 9 to 12 

in. w4de, medium, two horse. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 8 to 10 in. deep, 11 to 

13 in. wide, large, two to three horses, 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 9 to 11 in. deep, 12 to 

14 in. wide, large, two to three horses, 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 8 to 12 in. deep, 12 to 

15 in. wide, large, three to four horses. 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 8 to 12 in. deep, 14 to 
18 in. wide, 3 to 4 horses, is adapted to burying 
of broom corn, - -_ - ' 



NUMBERS. 



CREEi^SWARD PLOWS. 



Lap Furrow, Sod Lap Furrows 6 to 7 in. deep, 11 to 

12 in. wide, long handles, two horse. 

Lap Furrow, Sod Lap Furrows 6 to 8 in. deep, 11 to 

13 in. wide, long handles, two horse. 

Lap Furrow, Sod, Furrows 6 to 7 in. deep, 11 to 12 in. 

wide, long handles, medium, two horse. 
Lap Furrow, Sod, Furrows 7 in. deep, 12 m. wide, for 

stiff clay sod, two to three horses. 
Lap Furrow, Sod, Furrows 8 to 10 in. deep, 12 to 14 

in. wide, long handles, three to four horses, 
Flat Furrow, Sod, Furrows 7 to 8 in. deep, 11 to 12 

in. wide, medium, two horse. 
Flat Furrow, Sod, Furrows 6 to 7 in. deep, 12 to 13 

in. Avide, medium, two horse, 
Flat Furrow, Sod, Furrows 8 to 9 in. deep, 12 to 14 

in. wide, large, three horse, - - - 

Flat Furrow, Sod, Furrows 9 to 10 in. deep, 13 to 15 

in. wide, 3 to 4 horse, . - - 

Flat Furrow, Sod, Furrows 9 to 10 in. deep, 13 to 15 

in. wide, 3 to 4 horses, . . - 

Flat Furrows, Sod, Furrows 10 to 12 in. deep, 16 to 18 

inches wide, extra heavy, four horses. 
Flat Furrow, Sod, Furrows 10 to 12 in. deep, 16 to 18 

inches wide, extra heavy, four horses. 
Flat Furrow, Sod, Furrows 10 to 12 in. deep, 18 to 20 

in. wide, Steel Share and Coulter, with Meadow 
■ Fixtures complete, . - - - 



DOUBLE PLOWS. 



Sod and Subsoil, Double Forrows, 7 to 9 in. deep, 10 

to 14 in. wide, three to four cattle, - 
Sod and Subsoil, Double Furrows, 7 to 9 in. deep, 10 

to 12 in. wide, three to four cattle, - 
Sod and Subsoil, Double Furrows, 10 to 12 in. deep, 12 

to 13 in wide, four cattle, . - - 

Sod nnd Subsoil Swivel, Double Furrows, 10 to 12 in. 

deep, 10 to 12 in. wide, four cattle, - 



D. Kod 

orScotch 
Clevis. 



No. 30, 
No. 31, 
No. 31^, 
No. 31|, 
No. 32, 
No. 33, 
No. 34. 
No. 35, 

No. 39, 

No-1, 
No. 2, 
No. 72, 
No. 72J, 
No. 74, 
No. 71|, 
No. 73|, 
No. 75, 
No. 76, 
No. 76. Coult, 
No. 77. 
No. 77. Coult. 

No. 78, 

No. 33, 
No. 34, 
No. 35, 
No. 86. 



Wheel & 
Cutter. 



S6 75 $8 00 $9 25 

7 50 8 75 10 00 

8 50 9 75 11 00 
Steel Share, $8.50. 

8 00 9 25 , 10 50 



8 50 

9 00 

9 00 

10 00 

$9 00 
9 50 
9 50 
9 50 

11 00 
9 50 

10 00 

11 00 
14 00 
16 00 

10 00 
18 00 



10 00 

10 50 

11 00 

11 50 

$11 00 
11 00 
11 00 
11 00 



11 25 

11 75 

12 50 

13 00 



$12 50 
12 60 
12 50 
12 50 



13 00 j 14 50 

11 00 I 12 50 

11 '^0 13 00 

13 00 14 50 

16 50 18 50 

18 50 20 50 

18 50 : 20 50 

20 50 ■ 22 50 

25 OC 



Wheel 

12 00 


15 00 




15 00 


15 00 


16 00 




17 00 



C. V. MAPES' RETAIL PRICE LIST. 



PATENT IMPROVED STEEL PLOWS, 



DESCRIPTION. 



STUBBLE OR OLD GROUND PLOWS. 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 4 to G in. deep, 7 to 9 in. wide' 

right hand, light, one horse, - - - - 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 4 to 6 in. deep, 8 to 10 in. wide, 

right hand, light, one horse, - - - - 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 4 to 6 in. deep, 9 to 10 in. wide, 

right hand, one horse, . . . - 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 4 to 8 in. deep, 10 to 12 in. -wide, 

right hand, light, two horse, - - - - 

Old Ground, Stubble,, Furrows 5 to 8 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. 

wide, right hand, two to three horses. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 5 to 8 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. 

wide, right hand, two to three horses. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 6 to 9 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. 

wide, narrow cut, right hand, two to three horses. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 6 to 9 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. 

wide, left hand, narrow cut, two to tliree horses, 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 6 to 10 in. deep, 16 to 18 in. 

wide, right hand, wide cut, 4 horses, - - - 

Old Ground, StuVtble, Furrows 6 to 10 in. deep, 16 to 18 in. 

wide, left hand, wide cut, 4 horses, - - - 

Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 5 to 10 in. deep, 10 to 12 in. 

wide, right hand, medium, two horse. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 5 to 10 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. 

wide, right hand, medium, two horse. 
Old Ground, Stubble, Furrows 5 to 10 in. deep, 10 to 12 in. 

wide, left hand, medium, two horse, ' - 
Sod, Furrows 6 to 10 in. deep, 10 to 18 in. wide, 4 horses 



PRAIRIE PLOWS. 



Prairie, Sod, Furrows 4 to 6 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. wide, right 

hand, two to three horses, - - . . 

Prairie, Sod, Furrows 4 to 6 in. deep, 14 to IG in. wide, left 

hand, two to three horses, . . . . 

Prairie, Sod, Furrows 4 to 6 in, deep, 14 to 16 in. wide, right 

hand, two to three horses, - . . . 

Lap Sod, Lap Furrows 7 in. deep, 10 in. wide, right hand, for 

stiff clay soil, two to three horses, 



DOUBLE PLOWS. 



Sod and Subsoil, Double Furrows, 7 to 9 in. deep, 10 to 12 in. 

wide, right hand, three to four horses. 
Sod and Subsoil, Double Furrows, 8 to 10 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. 

wide, right hand, four to six horses, - - . 

Sod and Subsoil, Double Furrows, 7 to 10 in. deep, 11 to 12 in. 

wide, left hand, three to four horses, - - - 

Peacock Coulter or Circular Cutter, $2.50 each. 



WESTERN PLOWS. 



Old Ground, Stubble, 4 to 8 in. deep, 12 in. wide, two hofse, 
Old Ground, Stubble, 4 to 8 in. deep, 14 in. -s^-ide, 2 to 3 horses. 
Old Ground, Stubble, 4 to 8 in. deep, 12 in. wide, two horse, 
Old Ground, Stubble, 4 to 8 in. deep, 14 in. wide, 2 to 3 liorses, 
Old Groimd, Stubble, 5 to 10 in. deep, 15 in. wide, 2 to 3 horses. 



XOO 

XO 

XI 

XIJ 

X4 

XU 

X6 

X7 

X6 

X7 

X8 

X8 

X9 
X6i 



UGSi 
UG4 
UG5 
WB2 

X4 
X6 
X7 



P5 
P6 
G2 
G3 
G4 



1). Kod 

orScotch 
Clevis 



S5 75 
6 00 

8 00 

9 50 
13 00 
13 00 
13 00 

13 00 

14 00 
14 00 

11 50 

12 00 
11 50 



15 00 
15 00 
15 00 
15 00 



11 00 
13 00 
11 00 
13 00 
13 00 



S9 25 
10 75 
15 00 
15 00 
15 00 

15 00 

16 00 
16 00 
13 00 
13 50 
13 00 



17 00 
17 00 
17 00 
17 00 



Wheel 
18 50 

20 00 

18 50 



Whael 
ami 

Cutter. 



$10 50 
12 00 
16 50 
16 50 
16 50 

16 50 

17 50 
17 50 

14 50 

15 00 

14 50 
22 50 



18 50 
18 50 
18 50 

18 50 

19 50 
21 00 
19 50 



C. V. MAPES KETAIL PRICE LIST. 



THE UNIVERSAL PLOW. 



This is a recent invention, for which measures have been taken to secure Letters 
Patent. The implement embraces various forms and sizes of mould-board, each nicely 
fitting one common standard and frame-work — thus adapting the plow to a wide variety 
of soils and modes of culture. Each mould-board is constructed to perform its respect- 
ive work in a thorough and finished style. 

The advantages of having the various mould-boards, needed for the different soils and 
modes of culture, combined in one general implement, rather than made up separately 
in several plows, the saving of expense thereby and of storage, are too apparent to need 
more than the bare mention. 

The Universal Plow embraces the following kinds and sizes of mould-boards : 

1. For plowing intervale and other smooth, grass-lands, five sizes of mould-board, ot 
long or gentle spiral or twist, viz : 

(Mark on Mould-board. ) 
"Intervale No. 120," flat furrows, 7 to 10 inches deep, 14 to 16 #ide. 
"Intervale No. 121," flat fuiTOWS, 5 to 9 inches deep, 13 to 15 wide. 
"Intervale No. 122," flat furrows, 4 to 8 inches deep, 12 to 14 wide. 
"Intervale No. 123," flat furrows, 4 to 7 inches deep, 11 to 13 wide. 
"Intervale No. 124," flat furrows, 3 to 6 inches deep, 10 to 12 wide. 

2. For plowing upland, stony land, old pastures and other grass lands of uneven or 
rough surface, four sizes of mould-board of short and powerful twist : 

(Mark on Mould-board,) 

"Upland No. 140," flat furrows, 5 to 9 inches deep, 13 to 15 wide. 
"Upland No. 141," flat furrows, 4 to 8 inches deep, 12 to 14 wide. 
"Upland No. 142," flat furrows, 4 to 7 inches deep, 11 to 13 wide. 
"Upland No. 143," flat furrows, 3 to 6 inches deep, 10 to 12 wide. 

3.. For plowing clay and other stiff soil sod, two sizes lapping the furrow-slices one 
upon another at an inclination of 45 deg. 

(Mark on Mould-board.) 

" Lap Furrow No. 130," 6 to 7 inches deep, 9 to 11 wide. 
" Lap Furrow No. 132," 6 to 8 inches deep, 11 to 12 wide. 

4. For plowing stubble or old ground, two sizes of mould-board, throwing the soil 
over abruptly and breaking it fine : 

(Mark on Mould-board.) 

"Stubble No. 150," 6 to 12 inches deep, 12 to 16 wide. 
"Stubble No. 152," 4 to 9 inches deep, 10 to 14 wide. 

5. Also, by using the skim or little forward plow on the same beam with the stub- 
ble mould-board, two sizes of superior Double, or Sod or Subsoil plows : 

Sod and Subsoil No. 150, 8 to 12 inches deep. 
Sod and Subsoil No. 152, 7 to 10 inches deep. 



C. V. MAPES' EETAIL PRICE LIST. 

UNIVERSAL PLOW-CAST iron. 



KINDS AND SIZES. 



Intervale, No. 120, - - 

Intervale, No. 121, - - 

Intervale, No. 122, - - 

Intervale, No. 123, - - 

Intervale, No. 124, - - 

Upland, No. 140, - - 
Upland, No. 141, 

Upland, No. 142, - - 
Upland, No. 143, 

Lap Furrow, No 130, - 

Lap Furrow, No. 132, - 

Stubble, No 150, - - • 

Stubble, No 152, - - - 
Sod and Subsoil, No. 150 
Sod and Subsoil, No, 152 



DESCRIPTION. 



Sod, Furrows 7 to 10 in. deep, 14 to 16 in. wide, 4 cattle, - - - - 
Sod, Furrows 5 to 9 in. deep, 13 to 15 in. wide, 3 to 4 cattle, - - 
Sod, Furrows 4 to 8 in. deep, 12 to 14 in. wide, 2 to 3 cattle, - - 
Sod, Furrows 4 to 7 in. deep, 11 to 13 in. wide, 2 horse medium. 
Sod, Furrows 3 to 6 in. deep, 10 to 12 in. wide, 2 horse light, - - 
Sod, Furrows 5 to 9 in. deep, 13 to 15 in. wide, 3 to 4 cattle, - - 
Sod, Furrows 4 to 8 in, deep, 12 to 14 in. wide, 2 to 3 cattle, - - 
Sod, Furrows 4 to 7 in. deep, 11 to 13 in. wide, 2 cattle, medium, 
Sod, Furrows 3 to 6 in. deep, 10 to 12 in. wide, 2 cattle, light, - - 
lap Sod, Furrows 5 to 7 in. deep, 9 to 11 in. wide, 2 horse, medium. 
Lap Sod, Furrows 6 to 8 in. deep, 11 to 12 in. wide, 2 horse, large, 
Old Ground, Furrows 6 to 12 in. deep, 12 to 16 in. wide, 2 horse, large 
Old Ground, I'urrows 4 to 9 in. deep, 10 to 14 in. wide, 2 horse, med. 

Double Cut, Furrows 8 to 12 in. deep, 4 cattle, • - 

Double Cut, Furrows 6 to 10 in. deep, 2 to 4 cattle, 



^S 



13 00,14 50 
12 50|14 00 
12 00] 13 50 
11 50 [13 00 

11 25112 75 

12 50 14 00 
12 00 13 50 
11 50 



11 25 

11 50 

12 50 
12 50 
11 50 
15 50 
14 60 



13 00 

12 75 

13 00 

14 00 



17 00 
16 00 



I ■'3 3 



16 00 
15 50 
15 00 
14 50 

14 25 

15 50 
15 00 
14 60 
14 25 

14 50 

15 50 



18 60 
17 50 



Mould Board, Intervale, No. 120, 
Mould Board, Intervale, No. 121, 
Mould Board, Intervale, No. 122, 
Mould Board, Intervale', No. 123, 
Mould Board, Intervale, No. 124, 
Mould Board, Lap Furrow, No. 130, 
Mould Board, Lap Furrow, No. 132, 



$3 50 


3 00 


2 50 


2 00 


1 75 


■2 00 


3 00 



Mould 
Mould 
Mould 
Mould 
Mould 
Mould 



Board, 
Board, 
Board, 
Board, 
Board, 
Board, 



Upland, No. 140, 
Upland, No. 141, 
Upland, No. 142, 
Upland, No. 143, 
Stubble, No. 150, 
Stubble, No. 152, 



$3 00 
2 50 

2 00 

1 75 

3 00 

2 00 



Skim or Forward Plow for Sod and Subsoil, $3 00 
Shoe or Sole to Landside, "short," - 67 

Shoe or Sole to Landside, "medium," 75 

Shoe or Sole to Landside, "lonf^," - 87 

Share, Universal, - - - - 58 



Share, Universal, wide, - - $ 67 
Share, ' ' Lap Furrow, " - - 50 

Share, Bog Meadow, Steel, wide cut, I 50 
Standard, alone, - - - 2 50 



UNIVERSAL PLOW-STEEL. 



Kinds and Sizes. 



U. P 20 

U. P. 21 

U. P. 22 

U. P. 50 

U. P. 51 

U. P. 62 

U. P 53 

U. P 50 double, 

U. P. 51 double, 



DESCRIPTION. 



Prairie Sod, furrows 15 to 16 in. wide, 3 horses, - - - S15 60 $18 50 
Prairie Sod, furrows 14 to 15 in. wide, 2 to 3 horses, - - 15 00 18 00 
Prairie Sod, furrows 12 to 13 in. wide, 2 horses, - - - 14 60 17 60 
Old Ground, furrows 16 to 18 in. wide, 2 to 3 horse, - - - 16 00 
Old Ground, furrows 14 to 16 in. wide, 2 horse, large, - - 15 00 
Old Ground, furrows 12 to 14 in. wide, 2 horse, medium, - - 14 00 
Old Ground, furrows 10 to 12 in. wide, 2 horse, light, - - 13 00 
Sod and Subsoil, furrows 6 to 12 in. deep, 4 to 6 oxen, with wheel and clevis. 
Sod and Subsoil, furrows 5 to 8 in. deep, 2 to 4 horses, with wheel and clevis, 



With 
Clevis. 



Wheel 
&Com. 
Cutter 



Wheel 
& Cir. 
Cutter 



S19 50 
19 00 
18 60 



Wheel & 
Peacock 
Coulter. 



$19 50 
19 00 
18 50 



21 60 
20 50 



Mould 
Mould 
Mould 
Mould 
Mould 
Mould 
Mould 



Board No. U. 
Board No. U. 
Board No. U. 
Board No. U. 
Board No. U. 
Board No. U. 
Board No. U. 



P. 20 
P. 21, 
P. 22, 



50, 
51, 
52, 

53, 



$4 25 


3 75 


3 50 


4 25 


3 75 


3 00 


2 50 



Skim Plow with Peacock Coulter, for Sod and Subsoil, $5 50 
Share for breaking Prairie, U. P. 20 & 21, 14 to 15 in. cut, 1 75 
Share for breaking Prairie, U. P. 22, 12 in. cut, 1 60 

Share for Old Ground, U. P. 50, 18 in. cut, - - 2 25 
Share for Old Ground, U. P. 51, 16 in. cut, - - 1 75 
Share for Old Ground, U. P. 52, 14 in. cut, - - 1 60 
Share for Old Groimd, U. P. 53, 12 in. cut, - - 1 00 
Share for Skim Plow, 12 in. cut, - - - - 1 00 
Landside, 100 



C. V. MAPES RETAIL PRICE LIST. 



PROTJTT & MEARS' 



CELEBRATED CENTRE-DRAFT PLOWS. 



These Plows are of easy draft, turn the sward most perfectly, and in a clear, free soil 
preserve the furrow without a holder; and if the ground is in good condition for plow- 
ing, nearly prepare it for seeding: by their peculiar shape and turn of mould-board, 
will pulverize and disintegrate the particles of the furrow slice, and consequently aid 
fermentation and decomposition, and the elaboration of food for plants, from the organic 
matter of the soil ; all at much less expense, than the same point is obtained by the 
harrow; and in perfection, perhaps nearly equal to "spade husbandry," which has been 
termed "the perfection of good culture." 



Prouty & Mears' Patent Centre-Draft Plows. 



Cotton, 

Small Horse, 

Medium Horse, 

Large Horse, 

Stubble, Horse, 

Stubble, Two Horse, 

Stubble, Two or Three do. 

Sod, Two Horse, , 

Sod, Two Cattle, 

Sod, Three Cattle, 

Sod, Four or Five Cattle, . . . 



NUMBERS. 



0, 

19, 

20, 

21, 

12, 

1, Conn. R.Val. 

2, " 

22, 

23 

Eagle C, 

26 



$3 50 
4 00 

4 50 

5 50 

6 50 

7 50 

8 00 

7 50 

8 00 
8 50 

10 00 



$6 50 

7 75 
9 00 
9 50 

8 75 

9 50 

10 00 

11 50 



Wheel 

and 
Cutter. 



$7 50 
9 00 

10 50 

11 00 
10 00 

10 75 

11 50 
13 00 



New Series of Improved. Deep-Tiller Plows. 



Sod, Two Cattle,... 
Sod, Three Cattle,. 
Sod, Four Cattle,.. 



25,.. 
154, . 
155,. 



PraflRod, 
AVhcol and 

Cuiter. 



$1C 00 

11 50 

12 00 
11 00 

11 75 

12 50 
14 00 



$8 00 

9 50 

11 00 


S9 50 

11 00 

12 50 


$11 00 
12 50 
14 00 



$12 00 
13 50 
15 00 



Lock Coulter Plows for Rough Lands. 



Two tr Three Cattle, . 

Three Cuttle, 

Three or Pour Cattle, . 
Heavy Eo.id, 






SIO 00 


$11 50 




11 00 


12 50 




13 00 


14 50 




16 50 


18 50 



$12 50 
13 50 
16 00 
20 00 



C. V. MAPES KETAIL PRICE LIST. 



i7 



Improved Self-Sharpening Plows. 



KmDS. 


NUMBERS. 


Plain. 


Cutter, 


Wheel 
and 
Cutter. 


Uratt Hod 

Wheel and 

Cutter. 


Light Horse, 

Medium Horse 

Two Horse 

Two Cattle 

Two Cattle 


1 

^ 

30 

40 

A 40, Steel Point 

5 J 

Qk 


$5 00 

6 50 

7 50 

8 00 

9 50 

8 50 
10 00 

9 00 
10 00 


$6 00 

7 50 

8 75 

9 25 
11 00 

10 00 

11 50 

10 50 

11 50 


$7 00 

8 50 

10 00 

10 50 

12 50 

11 50 

13 00 

12 00 

13 00 


$9 50 
11 00 
11 50 
13 50 


Three Cattle 

Four Cattle 


12 50 
14 00 


Three Cattle, Left Hand 

Four " " 


54 

55 


13 00 

14 00 



Meadow Plows, 


Two or Three Cattle 


25, L, Steel Share.... 








14 00 


Three Cattle 

Three or Four Cattle 


Eagle, C L, do 

do. 72 L, cut edge., 
do. 33 L 


15 00 
17 00 


Four or Five Cattle 


18 00 






Side-Hill or Swivel Plows. 



One Horse 

Two Horse 00 

Two Cattle 1 

Three Cattle 2 

Four Cattle 3 

Four Cattle, Heavy | 4 Road. 



5 00 






7 00 


8 25 


9 50 


8 00 


9 25 


10 50 


10 00 


11 50 


13 00 


11 00 


12 50 


14 00 


14 00 


15 50 


17 00 



MicMgan Sod and Subsoil Plows. 



Two Cattle . . 
Three Cattle. 
Four Cattle . . 
Three Cattle. 
Three Cattle. 
Two Cattle.. 
Three Cattle. 



8, Old Series 

9, " 

10, " 

9, Left Hand 

95, Self Sharpening 

84, New Series. . . . , 

85, " 



13 OO 


14 00 


15 50 


14 00 


15 00 


16 50 


15 00 


16 00 


17 50 


14 50 


15 50 


17 00 


16 50 


17 50 


19 00 


13 50 


14 50 


16 00 


14 50 


15 50 


17 00 



Sub-soil Plows. 



One Horse 

Two Horse 

Two Horse , 

Two Horse 

Three or Four Horse 
Heavy Road 





1 

D 

2, G Left Hand. 

C 

A. .> 





D. Rod. 


D. Rod and Wheel 


5 50 


6 50 




7 00 


8 00 


9 50 


7 00 


8 00 


9 50 


7 50 


8 50 


10 00 


9 00 


10 00 


11 50 


11 00 


12 25 


14 00 



Kidging Plows. 



Light Horse . 
One Horse. . . 
Heavy Horse. 
Two Horse. . . 

Four Horse . . 



1, Double Mould. 

I'- ■■ ■■ : 

3 " " 

6, Midland, " . 



3 50 




5 00 




6 50 




8 00 






Cutter. 


13 50 


15 00 



Wheel and Cutter. 
16 50 



C. y. MAPES KETAIL PRICE LIST. 



HAY CUTTERS 



Straight Knives. 



No of 


No. of 


Cutter. 


Knives. 


00 


5 





6 


1 


7 


2 


8 


2^ 


10 


3 


6 


4 


8 


5 


10 


5i 


12 


b% 


14 


6 


6 


7 


8 


8 


10 


9 


6 


10 


8 


11 


10 


12 


6 


13 


8 


14 


10 



Length of 
Knives. 



5f inch. 
5| inch. 
5 1 inch. 
5| inch. 
5| inch. 
6| inch. 
6| inch. 
6| inch. 
6f inch. 
6 J inch. 
7'| inch. 
7 1 inch. 
7^ inch. 
8 1 inch. 
8J inch. 
8j inch. 
9 1 inch. 
9| inch. 
9 1 inch. 



Length of 
Cut. 



1| inch. 
l| inch. 
If inch. 
1^ incli. 
1 inch. 
IJ inch. 
1^ inch. 
1 inch . 

4 inch. 

I inch, 
if inch. 
\\ inch. 
1 inch' 
If inch. 
1^ inch. 
1 inch. 
IJ inch. 
IJ inch. 
l| inch. 



Price. 



$6 00 

7 00 

8 GO 

9 00 
10 00 

10 00 

11 00 

12 00 

13 00 

14 00 

14 00 

15 00 

16 00 

17 00 

18 00 

19 00 
22 00 
24 00 
26 00 



Nos. 12, 18, and 14 are fitted for horse power 



HAY CUTTERS. 

Spiral Knives. 



No of 


No of 


Cutter. 


Knives. 


00 


4 





5 


1 


G 


2 


7 


3 


8 


4 


9 


4^ 


10 


6 


6 


6 


8 


7 


10 


n 


12 


8 


6 


9 


8 


10 


10 


lOJ 


12 


11 


6 


12 


8 


13 


10 1 



Length of 
Knives. 



6 inch. 
6 incli. 
6 inch. 
6 inch. 
6 inch. 
6 inch. 

6 inch. 

7 inch. 
7 inch. 
7 inch. 

7 inch. 

8 inch. 
8 inch. 
8 inch. 

8 inch. 

9 inch. 
9 inch. 
9 inch. 



Length of 
Cut. 



2 inch . 
1| inch. 
If inch. 
If inch. 
1^ inch. 
\\ inch. 
1 inch. 
If inch. 
l|^ inch. 

■| incli. 

f inch. 
1| inch. 
1^ incli. 

\ inch. 

J inch. 
1| inch. 
l| inch. 

I inch. 



Price. 



85 50 

6 00 

7 00 

8 00 

9 00 
9 50 

10 00 

10 00 

11 00 

12 00 

13 00 

13 00 

14 00 

16 00 

17 00 

17 00 

18 00 

19 00 



IMPROVED FEED CUTTERS. 

Telegraph Hay and Stalk Cutter, No. 1, $70 00 

Telegraph Hay and Stalk Cutter, No. 2, 45 00 

Telegraph Hay and Stalk Cutter, No. 3, 30 00 

Telegraph Hay aud Stalk Cutler, No. 4. 22 00 

Daniel's Hay and Stalk Cutter, No. 1, 25 00 

Daniel's Hay and Stalk Cutter, No. 2, 55 00 

Cumming's Hay and Stalk Cutter, 30 00 

Cylindrical Hay and Stalk Cutter, 16 00 

Smith's Patent Lever Cutter, 10 00 

Common Lever Gate, 3 75 



UNIVERSAL HAY CUTTER. 

Gale's Patent. 





No, 


Length 


Length 






Knives. 


Knives. 


of Cut. 




000 


1 


7 inches, 


Coarse, 


$8 00 


00 


2 


6 " 


Coarse, 


9 00 





2 


6 " 


Coarse, 


10 00 


1 


3 


6 " 


Coarse, 


11 00 


2 


2 


6 " 


Coarse, 


12 00 


3 


3 


6 " 


Fine, 


12 00 


4 


4 


6 " 


Fine, 


13 00 


5 


2 


8 " 


Coarse, 


13 00 


6 


3 


8 " 


Coarse, 


14 00 


7 


4 


8 " 


Fine, 


15 00 


8 


2 


9 " 


Coarse, 


15 00 


9 


3 


9 " 


Coarse, 


16 00 


10 


4 


9 " 


Fine, 


17 00 


11 


2 


10 " 


Coarse, 


19 00 


12 


3 


10 " 


Coarse, 


20 00 


13 


4 


10 " 


Fine, 


20 00 


14 


3 


11 " 


Coarse, 


25 00 


15 


4 


10 " 


Fine, 


26 00 



Nos. 14 and 15 are fitted for horse power. 

EAGLE HAY CUTTERS. 

Gale's Patent. 



No. 1, 7 in. long, - 
No. 3, 9 in. long, 
No. 5, 11 in. long. 
No. 7, 13 in. long, 



$12 00 
14 00 
16 00 
20 00 



HAY CUTTERS 

Self Sharpening. 



No. of 


No. of 


Length of 


Length of 


. 


Cutter. 


Flango- 


Knife. 


Cut. 







6 


6| 


IJ inch. 


$8 00 


1 


6 


7^ 


IJ inch. 


9 00 


2 


8 


7i 


1 inch. 


10 00 


3 


6 


7| 


\h inch. 


12 00 


4 


8 


n 


1 inch. 


13 00 


5 


10 


U 


f inch. 


15 00 


6 


12 


8? 


\ inch. 


16 00 


7 


6 


8| 


\h inch. 


17 00 


8 


8 


8| 


1 inch. 


18 00 


9 


10 


8| 


f inch. 


18 00 


10 


12 


8| 


1 inch. 


19 00 


11 


6 


9^ 


li inch. 


20 00 


12 


8 


^ 


1 inch. 


21 00 


20 


6 


lU 


IJ inch. 


35 00 


21 


8 


iij 


1 inch. 


36 00 


22 


10 


l^ 


1 inch. 


37 00 



Nos. 20, 21, and 22 are fitted for horse power. 



VEGETABLE CUTTERS. 



"Worcester, - - - - 
Willard's Patent Root Cutter, 



SIO 00 
10 00 



C. V. MAPES RETAIL PRICE LIST. 



STEEL HORSE HOES. 

Howe's No. 1, Expanding $8 00 

Howe's No. % Expanding 9 00 

Howe's No. 3, Expanding 10 00 

Armsby's No. 1, Expanding 7 00 

Armsby's No. 2, Expanding 8 00 

Armsby's No. 3, Expanding 9 00 

Knox's Patent, No. 1 7 00 

Knox's Patent, No. 2 8 00 

Knox's Patent, No. 3 9 00 

No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. 
Centre Plow, or Tooth, 

for Horse Hoe $1 50 $1 75 $2 00 

Two Side Plows, per pair, . . 150 175 175 
Front Tooth 20 25 25 



COTTON OR CARROT WEEDER. 

No. 1, Steel, 12 inch $4 00 

No. 2, Steel, 15 inch 4 50 

No. 3, Steel, 18 inch 5 00 

NEW PATTERN COTTON SCRAPER. 

Cotton Scraper, Wrought Iron $4 50 

Cotton Scraper, Cast Iron 3 75 

COTTON SWEEPS. 

No. 1, Steel, $4 85 

No. 2, Steel, 4 95 

No. 3. Steel, 5 00 



CULTIVATORS. 



Common, 5 Teeth, - - - - $4 00 
Common, 5 Teeth, Reversible, - - 4 50 
Common, 5 Teeth, Steel, Reversible, 5 75 
Improved, 5 Teeth, - - - 4 50 

Improved, 5 Teeth, Reversible, - - 5 00 
Improved, 5 Teeth, Steel, Reversible, 6 25 
Parallel Expanding, 3 Teeth, Reversible, 4 50 
Parallel Expanding, 3 Teeth, Steel, Rev. 5 50 
Parallel Expanding, 5 Teeth, Reversible, 6 00 
Parallel Expanding, 5 Teeth, Steel, Rev. 7 75 
Universal, Iron, 6 Teeth, broad, - 9 00 

Universal, Iron, 8 Teeth, with Moulds, 10 00 
Hand Cultivator, - - - - 2 25 
Cotton Sweep, No. 1, with Wheel, 8 00 

Cotton Sweep, No. 2, with Wheel, 10 00 

1 Set Cast Cultivator Teeth, - - 1 25 
1 Set Reversible Cast Cultivator Teeth, I 50 
1 Set Reversible Steel Teeth, - - 2 75 

1 Set Rogers' Patent Steel Teeth, - 2 75 



KNOX'S GANG CULTIVATOR. 

No. 1,-4 Teeth, Steel $9 00 

No. 2,-6 Teeth, Steel, 10 50 



CORN PLANTERS. 



Batchelder's Improved. . $14 00 

Billings' Patent 15 00 

Wakefield Hand 5 00 

Common Hand 2 00 

SEED DRILLS. 

No. $2 60 

No. 0, and wheel 3 00 

No. I, Improved English 6 00 

No. 2, Improved English 10 00 

No. 3, Improved Englishj. 14 00 

Wethersfield Seed Drill 6 00 

Wells' Broadcast, 4 00 

Cahoun's Patent Broadcast 10 00 

Cahoun's Patent Broadcast, Power, 35 00 



ROAD SCRAPERS. 

No. 1, Cast Iron, - - - - $5 50 

No. 2, " 6 60 

No. 3, " . - . . 8 50 



HARROWS. 



Improved Hinge. 
Improved Hinge. 
Geddes, 
Geddes, 
Geddes, 
Geddes, 
Geddes, 
Geddes, 
Expanding ) 
Reversible, X 
Expanding [ 
Reversible, \ 
Scotch, No. 1, 
Scotch, No. 2, 



No. of 


Size of 


Teeth. 


Teeth. 


30 


\ inch. 


24 


\ inch. 


14 


f inch. 


18 


f inch. 
1 inch. 


22 


26 


\ inch. 


30 


1 inch. 


30 


1 inch. 


20 


\ inch. 


20 


\ inch. 


32 


1 inch. 
1 inch. 1 


32 



f inch steel teeth, $2 00 extra. 



A 

A 

A 

A heavy, 

A 



I inch. 

I inch. 

I \ inch. 

l| inch. 

1 inch. 



Price. 

$13 00 

11 00 

8 00 
10 00 

12 00 

13 00 

14 00 

15 00 

10 00 

9 00 

13 00 

16 00 



5 00 

6 00 

8 00 
10 00 

9 GO 



Improved Hinge Steel Harrows. 



1 Horse, 24 

1 Horse, 24 

1 Horse, 30 

2 Horse, SO 
Sizer's Cotton Harrow, 



$11 60 

12 25 

13 50 

14 50 
8 00 



Mapes and Gibbs' Digging 
Machine, - - - 



S125 00 



10 



0. V. JIAPES KETAIL PKICE LIST. 



CORN SHELLERS.-'^rmsby's Patent. 

Yankee $6 00 

Yankee, extra Wheel 7 00 

Fitted with Pulley, 00 cts. extra. 

Boston 7 00 

Boston, extra Wheel 8 50 

Boston, double 9 00 

Boston, double, extra Wheel 10 50 

Southern 9 00 

Southern, extra Wheel 10 50 

Southern, double 12 00 

Southern, double, extra Wheel 13 50 

Western, Extra Wheel and Pulley, 15 00 

Western, Double Ex. Wheel and Pulley, 17 00 
With outside and iusido balance wheels, and 
outside gearing. 

Common, Wro't Shafts I Bal. Wheel 6 50 

Common, Wro't Shafts 2 Bal. Wheels 7 50 



PREMIUM CORN SHELLERS 



No. 1, Northern. . . . 

No. 1, " 2balwhl 

No. 2, " 

No. 3, " 2bal whl 

Southern and Western. 

No. 4, 

No. 5, 2 bal whls . . 

No. 6, double 

No. 7 , SQjl outside yr 
c-No. 8, ''^ 

No. 9, double 

CNo. 10, " 

• Fitted with power. 





With 


riaia. 


Separa- 




tor. 


$6 50 


$8 00 


7 50 


9 00 


8 00 


9 75 


9 00 


11 75 


10 50 


12 50 


12 00 


14 00 


14 00 


17 50 


13 00 


15 00 


14 50 


16 50 


16 00 


20 00 


17 50 

L 


21 50 



With 

Separ.itor 

& Fan. 



$11 50 
12 60 

14 50 

16 00 
19 50 

17 50 
19 00 
22 50 
24 00 



Smith's Patent Power, No. 1 $45 00 

Smith's Patent Power, No. 2 55 00 

Smith's Patent Power, No. 3 75 00 

Males' Hand 30 00 

Barren's Hand, Iron 9 00 

~~ CHURNS. 



Improved CTLINDEB. 


THERMOMETER. 


No. 1, 


2| galls. 


$175 


No. 0, 


2^ galls. 


$2 50 


No. 2, 


4 galls. 


2 25 


No. 1, 


4^ galls. 


8 50 


No. 3, 


7 galls. 


2 75 


No. 2, 


6 galls. 


4 00 


No. 4, 


m galls. 


3 25 


No. 3, 


9 galls. 


4 50 


No. 5, 


15 galls. 


3 75 


No. 4, 


lOi galls. 


6 00 


Com. ( 


Uyl. 25c. less ea. 


No. 5, 


14^ galls. 


6 00 


Dasher Churns, 


" 5^-. 




8 00 


75 cents to $5 each. 


No. 6. 


28 galls. 


12 00 








50c. cxt 


ra fr Kobbin 


s' i'.a=h 



Patent Air Pressure, 10 gal. - - 10 00 

Patent Air Pressure, 15 gal. - - 12 00 

Patent Air Pressure, 20 gal. - - 15 00 

WBNE AND LARD PRESSES. 

No. 1, S5 00 

No. 2, 7 00 

No. 3, - - - . - - 10 00 

No. 4, 20 00 



GARDEN ROLLERS. 

2 Sections, ea. 7 J in. long by 15 in diam. $6 

3 Sections, ea. 7 J in. long by 15 in diam. 9 

1 Section, 12 in. long by 20 in diam. 9 

2 Sections, ea. 12 in. long by 20 in diam. 14 
1 Section, 12 in. long by 28 in diam. 14 

1 Section, 20 in. lung by 20 in diam. 14 

2 Sections, ea. 12 in. long by 24 in diam. 18 
2 Sections, ea. 12 in. long by 28 in diam. 20 



FIELD ROLLERS. 



3 Sections, ea. 

4 Sections, ea. 

4 Sections, ea. 

5 Sections, ea. 

4 Sections, ca. 

5 Sections, ea. 

5 Sections, ea. 

6 Sections, ea. 
6 Sections, ea. 



12 in. 
12 in. 
12 in. 
12 in. 
12 in. 
12 in. 
12 in. 
12 in. 
12 m. 



long by 
long by 
long by 
long by 
long by 
long by 
long by 
long by 
long by 



20 in. 
20 in. 
24 in. 
20 in. 
30 in. 
24 in. 
30 in. 
24 in. 
30 in. 



diam. $25 

diam. 30 

diam. 35 

diam. 35 

diam. 40 

diam. 40 

diam. 45 

diam. 45 

diam. 50 



WHEELBARROWS. 



No. 1, Iron Hub, - 
No. 2, Iron Hub, 
No. 3, Iron Hub, - 
No . 4, Iron Hub, 
Rail Road, Wood Hub, 



S3 50 

4 50 

5 00 

6 60 
2 25 



OX YOKES— COMPLETE. 

No 1 , size 7 in. inside of Cow by 19 in. between 

Bows, $4 25 

No. 1J<, size 7)^ in. inside of Bow by 20 in. be- 
tween Bows, 4 50 

No. 2, size S ia. inside of Bow by 21 in. between 

bows, 4 75 

No. 3,size8>^ in. inside of Bow by 21 in. between 

Bows, ----- - - 5 00 

No. 4, size 9 in, inside of Bow by 23 in. between 

Bows, 5 25 

No. 5.sizo9>^ in. inside of Bow by 24 in. between 

Bows, 5 50 

No. 6, size 10 in. inside of Bow by 24 in. botween 

Bows, 6 00 



STORE TRUCKS. 



S'o. 1, 

" 2 
" 3 


Stor" Truck? 

I'.O. 

do. 


" '?. 


CO. 


" ^') 


do. 
do. 



$4 50 
5 50 
7 50 
10 50 
12 00 
16 00 



COTTON TRUCKS. 



12 inch Wheels, $13 50 

15 inch Wheels, 15 01 

18 inch Wheels, 16 50 



PLATFORM TRUCKS. 



:». 1 , Platform Trucks, 
" 2, do. 

" 3, do. 

" 4, do. 



$7 00 

8 00 

10 50 

12 00 



C. V. MAPES RETAIL PRICE LIST. 



11 



FAN MELLS. 



Grant's Patent, No. 1, - - - $21 00 

Grant's Patent, No. 2, - - - 23 00 

Grant's Patent, No. 3, - - - 25 00 

Grant's Patent, No. 4, - - - 27 00 

Grant's Patent, No. 5, - - . 29 00 

Grant's Common, No. 00, - - 13 00 

Grant's Common, No. 0, - - 15 00 

Grant's Common, No. 1, - - 17 00 

Grant's Common, No. 2, - - 19 00 

Grant's Common, No. 3, - - 21 00 

Grant's Common, No. 4, - - 23 00 

Yankee Fan Mill, (for Seedsmen,) - 12 00 

Boston Fan Mill, No. 1, - - 13 00 

Boston Fan Mill, No. 2, - - - 15 00 

Boston Fan Mill, No. 3, - - 16 00 

Boston Fan Mill, No. 4, - - - 18 00 
Extra for Pulley to either Boston or 

Grant Mill , - - - . 1 00 

SUGAR MILLS. 



No. 1, for Barrel, - 
No. 1, with Box or Legs, 
No. 2, with Box or Legs, 
No. 3, with Box or Legs, • 
No. 4, with Box or Legs, 



$ 9 00 
10 00 
14 00 
17 00 
20 00 



SUGAR CANE CRUSHERS. 



Improved, 3 Rollers, No. 1, 
Improved, 3 Rollers, No. 2, 



- $26 00 
05 00 



GRINDSTONE FIXTURES. 



Sets Complete, No. 0, 
Sets Complete, No. 1, 
Sets Complete, No. 2, 
Sets Complete, No. 8, 



61 25 
1 50 

1 75 

2 00 



SAUSAGE-MEAT CUTTERS. 

Family Iron, No. 1, - - - - $2 00 

Family iron. No. 2, - - - 2 50 

Family Iron, No. 3, - - - - 3 00 

Butcher's Iron, No. 4, - . - 6 00 

Butcher's Geared, No. 4, - - - 8 00 

Butcher's Geared, No. 5, - - 25 00 

No. 6 has pulley for power. 

S. Stowe, No. 1, - - - - $2 00 

S. Stowe, No. 2, - - - - 2 50 

S. Stowe, No. 3, - - - - 3 00 

SAUSAGE FILLERS. 

No. 0, Plain, for Family Use, - $2 00 

BUTCHER'S. 

No. 1, Plain, - $3 00, with 2 Tubes, 4 00 

No. 2, Plain, - 3 50, with 2 Tubes, 4 50 

No. 3, Plain, - 4 00, with 2 Tubes, 5 00 

No. 4, Plain, Geared, - - - 5 50 
No. 4, Geared, 2 Tubes, - - - 6 60 



HAIiL-IDA Y'S 

WIND ENGINES OR MILLS. 



No. 


No. 
Sails. 


Dia. 


Horse 
Power. 


Weight. 


Price. 


1 


6 


6 ft. 


\ 


400 lbs. 


S 75 00 


2 


6 


8 ft. 


1 


425 lbs. 


85 00 


3 


6 


12 ft. 




800 lbs. 


130 00 


4 


8 


12 ft. 


H 


900 lbs. 


160 00 


5 


6 


16 ft. 


2 


1700 lbs. 


225 00 


6 


8 


i6ft. 


3 


2000 lbs. 


300 00 


/ 


8 


18 ft. 


4 


2200 lbs. 


325 00 


8 


8 


21ft. 


6 


2500 lbs. 


350 00 



GRAIN MILLS. 



Magic, No. 1, Sweep Power, for Corn 

and Cobs, - - - - $ 40 00 
Magic, No. 2, Steam Power, for Corn 

and Cob, - - - - 75 00 

Little Giant C. & C. Mills. $25 $35 $45 $55 
Excelsior Flour Mill, - - - 100 00 

do. do. with Flour Bolt, 150 00 

Premium Flour Mill, - - - 50 00 

do. do. with Flour Bolt, 75 00 

Horse and Hand Grain Mill, - - 20 00 



KAY & COTTON PRESSES. 



IngersoU's Improved Hay, No. 1, - $50 00 
do. do. do. No. 2, - 75 00 

do. do. do. No. 3, - 125 00 

Cotton,'Wool,Tobacco,Hop,Rag, & Moss Presses. 

Fay's Improved Hay, - - . 110 00 



Horse Powers, Threshing Machines, &c. 



Patent Endless Chain, Changeable, one 

horse power, - - - - $90 00 
Patent Endless Chain, Changeable, two 

horse power, - - - - 120 00 
Threshing Machine, with Separator and 

Fixtures, - - - - - 
Set Bands for Machine, with extras, &c. 
Portable Circular Saw Mill, with 24 in. 

Saw, filed and set, - - - 
Extra Table and Saw, for silting boards 

and fence stuff, ... 

Improved Dog and Sheep Power, 
Whitman's Sweep Power, - - 100 00 
Whitman's Combined Thresher and 

Cleaner, 110 00 

Planet Sweep Power, for 1 to 8 horses, 120 00 

" 1 to 10 " loO 00 

Field's Sweep Power, - - - 100 00 

Buckeye Portable Cider Mill & Press, 40 00 
Male's Pat. " " " " 45 00 

Improved Boring Machine, with Auger, 6 50 
" " " without " 4 50 

Taft's Self-feeding Blacksmith Drill, 6 50 



40 GO 
. 5 00 

37 00 

7 00 
15 00 



12 C. V. MAPES' RETAIL PRICE LIST. 

M:^]SrTJRES, &c. 



Mapes' Nitrogenized Super-Phosphate of Lime, $50 00 per ton. 

Peruvian Guano, - 

Land Plaster, 1 25 per bbl. 

Bone Dust, $2 50 to 3 00 " 

Poudrette, 1 50 to 2 00 " 



• 



MOWING AND REAPING MACHINES. 



Ketchum's Patent One Horse Mowing 


Machine 


3 J ft. Bar, weight 450 lbs. - 


$ 75 00 


Do. 


Light Two Horse 




4 ft. " " 475 " 


80 00 


Do. 


u 


II 




4Jft. " " 480 " - 


85 00 


Do. 


Heavy " 


II 




4 ft. " " 630 " 


90 00 


Do. 


.. 


<i 




4 ft. 8 in. Bar, weight 650 lbs. - 


95 00 


Do. 


II II 


<( 




6 ft. " " 660 " 


- 100 00 


Reaper attachment extra. 











Buckeye Mower, 4 ft. 8 m. Bar, (Aultman & Miller's Patent,) 120 00 

Do. Jr. 4 ft. Bar, " <> .< .... 10000 

Little Buckeye Mower, 3^ ft. Bar, " " " . . - - S5 OC 

Wood's Patent Mower, 4 ft. Bct, 80 00 

Wood's Patent Mower, 3^ ft. Bar, 70 00 

Wood's Manney's Mower, 5 ft. Bar, 110 00 

Wood's Manney's Mower and Reaper, 5 ft. Bar, ....--- 125 00 
Wood's Manny's Large Mower and Reaper 5| ft. Bar, 130 00 

McGormick's Reaper and Mower, for 4 horses, -------- 155 00 

M'Cormick's Reaper and Mower, for 2 horses, -.--.-- 140 00 

IMPROVED LAWN MACHINES. 

No. 1, Cutting 13 inches wide, drawn by one man, - - - - $40 00 

2, Cutting 16 inches wide, drawn by one man, - - - 45 00 

3, Cutting 20 inches wide, drawn by two men, - - - - 50 00 

4, Cutting 24 inches wide, drawn by two men, - - - 55 00 

5, Cutting 24 inches wide, drawn by pony, 70 00 

6, Cutting 30 inches wide, drawn by one horse, - - - 110 00 

7, Cutting 30 inches wide, drawn by one horse (extra), - - - 135 00 

8, Cutting 36 inches wide, drawn by one horse, - - - 150 00 



PLOWS. 



Until within a few years, the low price of land induced the early settlers to 
use short mould-boards, producing shallow plowing with wide furrows, and thus 
enabling them to disturb a large area of land very imperfectly. This gave rise to 
shallow plowing, rather as a habit, and the consequence has been the exhaustion 
of a large portion of the old estates. The early attempts to introduce root crops, 
in soil so badly prepared, were ineffective, and it remained for the present century 
to prove the advantages consequent upon deeper tillage, until twelve-inch depth of 
surface plowing has become, among the better class of agriculturists, rather the 
rule than the exception. 

This necessity gave rise to the Eagle Plows, as the growing demand has been 
for such plows as had a capacity for deep and thorough work, with such a variety 
of mould-boards as have proved necessary for the working of the various soils. 
That kind of Eagle Plow known as deep tillers, have been made of such a variety 
as to embrace all the sizes and forms of mould-boards which may be demanded. 
The accurate scale of proportions, invented by Mr. Nourse and others, have added 
materially to the completion of this series of plows; the present mode of construc- 
tion forms the mould board of a series of straight lines, in the direction of the 
movement of the furrow-slice, still admitting of all the variations necessary to 
produce longer or shorter mould-boards, of gentle or more abrupt curvature, with 
straight or more or less concave or convex lines laterally, as different soils or prac- 
tical uses may require. Thus constructed, the mould-boards possess a combination 
of curved lines and planes, presenting so even a board against the furrow-slice that 
it insures an even polish to the entire face of the mould-board, insuring even wear, 
and causing the furrow-slice to undergo an equal and effective twist, being laid 
down with precision in the desired position, and yet being fairly disintegrated, 
leaving the soil admirably fitted for the reception of atmospheric influences, and 
the free travel of the roots of plants. 

THE UNIVERSAL PLOW, 

Described in our catalogue, embraces all the variety of mould-boards required 
by the agriculturist, and calling for a single beam and frame, to which either of 
these may be readily attached ; thus securing great economy, and representing an 
entire series of plows in a single implement. 
2 



18 ■ C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

These plows are manufactured for the subscriber, and always sold by him at 
moderate prices. The wood parts are of white oak, having great strength and 
compactness; all being worked by machinery, causing the fitting of the parts to 
be alike, so that any number of plows of a given mark are capable of having their 
parts changed from one to the other, always fitting as exactly as in any single 
plow. The mould-board, share, and land-side, if of steel, are of the best quality 
and highly polished; if of cast-iron, they are composed of an admixture of several 
kinds of iron, the result of many experiments, and having great hardness and du- 
rability, combining lightness with adequate strength ; the castings are ground and 
smoothly polished, and then coated with a varnish to prevent rust, being thus fitted 
for immediate easy use in the soil. The point and entire edge of the shares, and 
sole of the land-sides and mould-boards, are hardened in casting by a process of 
chilling, causing them to last many times as long as when cast by the ordinary 
method. The extreme accuracy with which the parts of these plows are fitted, 
prevents them from being liable to become loose. Each part has a specific mark 
or number inscribed, which mark, being used only on that particular size, entirely 
distinguishes its parts from those of all other sizes. 

The subscriber has always on hand any quantity of duplicates of each part of 
every pattern of plow, and can promptly supply the same to order, with the assu- 
rance that it will nicely fit the place for which it is wanted, and that an amended 
plow will work truly and efl[iciently again. 

Hundreds of premiums have been awarded for these plows. 

MAPES' LIFTING SUBSOIL PLOW. 

This implement, invented by the editor of the Wo^-king Farmer, and fully de- 
scribed at pages 64 to 68, is one of the greatest improvements of the day ; the 
smaller sizes are used to disturb soil between row crops, while the larger sizes 
will disintegrate more soil, to a greater depth, and with less power than any other 
implement. In underd raining, the lifting subsoil plow is used with great economy. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 21 



THE UNIVERSAL PLOW. 

The large engraving, opposite, is a view of the Universal Plow with its twelve 
mould-boards. This is a recent invention. The implement embraces various 
forms and sizes of mould-board, each nicely fitting one common standard and 
frame-work — thus adapting the plow to a wide variety of soils and modes of cul- 
ture. Each mould-board is constructed to perform its respective work in a thor- 
ough and finished style. 

The advantages of having the various mould-boards, needed for the different 
soils and modes of culture, combined in one general implement, rather than made 
up separately in several plows, the saving of expense thereby and of storage, are 
too apparent to need comment. 

The Universal Plow embraces the following kinds and sizes of mould-boards: 

1. For plowing intervale and other smooth grass lands, five sizes of mould-board, 
of long and gentle spiral or twist, viz. : 

(Mark on Mould-board.) 

"Intervale No. 120," flat furrows, 7 to 10 inches deep, 14 to 16 wide. 
"Intervale No. 121," flat furrows, 5 to 9 inches deep, 13 to 15 wide. 
"Intervale No. 122," flat furrovvs, 4 to 8 inches deep, 12 to 14 wide. 
"Intervale No. 123," flat furrows, 4 to 7 inches deep, 11 to 13 wide. 
"Intervale No. 124," flat furrows, 3 to 6 inches deep, 10 to 12 wide. 

2. For plowing upland, stony land, old pastures, and other grass lands of uneven 
or rough surface, four sizes of mould-board of short, and powerful twist : 

(Mark on Mould-board.) 

"Upland No. 140," flat furrows, 5 to 9 inches deep, 13 to 15 wide. 
"Upland No. 141," flat furrows, 4 to 8 inches deep, 12 to 14 wide. 
"Upland No. 142," flat furrows, 4 to 7 inches deep, 11 to 13 wide. 
"Upland No. 143," flat furrows, 3 to 6 inches deep, 10 to 12 wide. 

3. For plowing clay and other stiff soil sod, lapping the furrow-slices one upon 
another at an inclination of 45°. 

(Mark on Mould-board.) 

"Lap Furrow No. 132," 6 to 8 inches deep, 11 to 12 wide. 

4. For plowing stubble or old ground, two sizes of mould-board, throwing the 
hoil over abruptly and breaking it finely : 

(Mark on Mould-board.) 

"Stubble No, 150," 6 to 12 inches deep, 12 to 16 wide. 
" Stubble No. 152," 4 to 9 inches deep, 10 to 14 wide. 



22 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



5. Also by using the skim or little forward plow on the same beam with the 
stubble mould-board, two sizes of superior Double, or Sod and Subsoil plows : 
Sod and Subsoil No. 150, 8 to 12 inches deep. 
Sod and Subsoil No. 152, Y to 10 inches deep. 




Fig. 2. Frame-work of Flow, with Uould-Board detached. 

Fig. 2 is a view of the standard, share and frame-work of the Universal Plow, 
with one of the mould-boards lying in the rear. The slots in the standard, just 
back of the share, receive the locks on the forward end of the mould-board ; the 
button on the mould-board, a little back of and above the locks, enters the socket 
back of and above the slots in the standard, and a bolt passing through the mould- 
board and standard at this point, is made fast by a nut on the inner side ; another 
bolt confines the mould-board to the right hand handle of the plow ; and thus by 
means of the two locks and the two bolts the mould-board is held firmly and 
securely to its place. By loosening the bolts, any mould-board is taken off to give 
place to any other one of the series. The greatest attainable simplicity has been 
closely studied in adjusting the parts of this plow, so that the various changes are 
easily and quickly made. 




Fig. 3. 

Fig. 3 is an outline of the land-side, showing how the sole or shoe piece is at- 
tached. It represents a long and short shoe — the former being used with the 
longest and largest of the Intervale mould-boards, and the latter with the Upland 
and Stubble. On all plows, the shoe of the land-side is exposed to great friction, 



C. V. MAPBS' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



23 



and needs renewing long before the mould-board wears away. The shoe is verv 
cheaply renewed on this plow. 

Fig. 4 is a top view of one of 
the mould-boards for turning sod 
flat, showing the desirable form j- ^ 

or twist for laying that kind of 
work in handsome style. 




Fig. 6. 
Fig. 5 is a side view of the plow rigged with one of the Intervale mould-boards, 
and wheel and cutter, for plowing flat furrows in smooth grass land. 







Fig. 6. 



Fig. 6 is a side view of the plow rigged with one of the Upland mould-boards, 
for plowing flat furrows in stony or rough grass land. 

Fig. 7 represents the movement S5f the sod as turned by an Intervale mould- 
board. The long, easy flexure of the furrow-slice is noticeable ; and the gentle and 



24 



c. T. mapeb' illustrated catalogue. 




Fig. 7. View of the Movement of the Intervale Furrow-Slice. 

gradual twist of the mould-board, which produces this result, also makes the plow 
of light draught, and promotes highly-finished flat-furrow plowing in smooth land. 

Fig. 8 shows the 
movement of the sod 
as turned by an Up- 
land mould-board. The 
curvature of the sod is 
quicker than that rep- 
resented in the preced- 
ing cut. The more ab- 
rupt twist of the Up- 
land mould -board, 
though increasing the 
draught of the instru- 
ment somewhat, and 
not producing as hand- 
some work as the In- 




Fig. 8. View of the Movement of the Upland Furrow-Slice. 



tervale mould-board in smooth land, is yet very valuable in plowing sod land that 
is quite stony or of a rough surface. It makes a short plow, which, when inter- 
rupted in its work by stones or stumps, or in passing ridges and hollows, readily 
catches its full depth of furrow again, and by its short and powerful curvature makes 
sure work of overturning the sod among these obstacles, where a longer plow could 
not produce so exact and desirable results. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



25 



Fig. 9 represents the 
movement of the sod as 
turned by the Lap Furrow 
mould-board. This mould- 
board is designed for turn- 
ing stiflF clay sod, lapping 
the slices one upon an- 
other at an inclination of 
45°. The projecting an- 
gles of the furrow-slices 
present the greatest pos- 
sible surface of soil to the 
atmospheric influences, and 
Fig. 9. View of the Movement of the Lapped Furrow-Slice. contain the greatest at- 
tainable cubical contents of soil for the cultivator to 
operate on in raising a mellow seed-bed, while the 
spaces underneath are so many little drains to relieve 
the surface of superfluous moisture. 





Fig. 10. 

Fig. 10 is a side view of the plow rigged with one of the Stubble mould-boards' 
for plowing stubble or old ground. 

Fig. 11 shows the 
movement of the old 
ground slice, as turned 
by one of the stubble 
mould-boards. The ele- 
vating and turning power 
of the mould-board is 
quite apparent in the 
sudden and high twist 
of the furrow-sh'ce ; and 
its capacity for breaking 
up and pulverizing thp 
Fig. 11. View ofthe Movement of the Stubble Furrow-Slice. soil is remarkable. 

Fig. 12 is a side view of the plow rigged with one of the stubble mould-boards 
and the skim plow forward, for Double, or Sod and Subsoil plowing. 




26 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 12. 



Fig. 13 shows the 
movement of the two 
furrow-slices as turned 
by the Sod and Subsoil 
plow. The skim takes 
off the sod two to four 
inches deep, turning it 
into the furrow channel ; 
and the rear mould-board 
lifts the under soil from 
the depth of six to eight 
or ten inches, scattering 
it over the sod-slice turn- 
ed by the forward mould- 
board, and filling the 
channel. The elev;iting 
and pulverizing power of 
the stubble mould-board, 
as seen in Fig. 1 1 , is again 
apparent in its work as 
the rear mould-board in 
Sod and Subsoil plowing. 
The Universal Ploiv is sold by the proprietors, with one mould-board only, or 
with any number of mould-boards, as the purchaser may select. It is a desirable 
implement if but one mould-board is wanted, because that one will do thorough and 
finished work, and when worn away considerably, or if by accident broken — a con- 
tingency to which the mould-board of any plow is liable — its place can be cheaply 
supplied with a new one. Again, the purchaser, after obtaining one mould-board, 
and the standard, share and frame work to go with it, can at any time procure such 
other mould-boards of the series as he would like, at slight expense, as compared 




Fig. 13. 



View of the Movements of the Sod and SubsoU Furrow 
Slices. 




'■ ''WK 



C. V. MAPBS' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 29 

with buying new plows entire ; and thus he may be induced to eraploy a larger and 
better assortment of plows, suited to his various fields and modes of culture, than he 
otherwise would use. 



UNIVERSAL PLOW-STEEL. 

The Universal Plow is made with steel mould-boards, share and land-side, and 
an iron standard. The large engraving, opposite, represents the plow with its vari- 
ous steel mould-boards. Such other sizes or forms of mould-board as the wants of 
the public may call for, will be added to the present series. 

The Share is put on with two bolts and nuts, so as to be handily chang ed and 
cheaply repaired, or replaced with a new one. The old ground mould-boards have 
a different share from the mould-boards for breaking sod. Shares of any width of 
cut desired are furnished with the plow, to order, as are also extra shares, to take 
the place of those worn out or needing repair. 

The Land-side is bolted to the standard and beam handle, and fits up snugly to 
the share without being welded to it, and thus may be readily detached for repair 
or otherwise. 

The Mould-boards each fit a common standard and frame, and are bolted to the 
mould-board handle, each one having the requisite backing to give it a bearing 
against the handle. The Mould-boards for old ground are set at a more or less 
abrupt angle to the furrow, as different soils or practical uses may require. 

The Universal Plow in steel is sold with one of the mould-boards only, or with 
any number of them, as the purchaser may choose. It is a valuable plow to own 
with one mould-board only, as whichever of the series that one may happen to be, it 
will do its work thoroughly, with ease to the plowman and team. If a variety of 
sizes and forms are wanted, then, after purchasing the frame-work and one mould- 
board, additional plows are in effect procured at the cost of mould-boards only; and 
little storage-room is required for a full assortment of plows, adapted to various 
kinds of ground and modes of culture. 

The Universal Plow in steel embraces the following kinds and sizes of mould- 
boards : 

1. For breaking Prairie, or for plowing any other grass lands shallow or deep, 
three sizes of mould-board, viz. : 

(Stamp on mould-board.) 

"U. P. 20" furrows 14 to 16 inches wide, draught of three horses. 

" U. P. 21" furrows 13 to 14 inches wide, draught of two to three horses. 

" U. P. 22" furrows 12 to 13 inches wide, draught of two horses. 

2. For plowing old ground, overturning and pulverizing it thoroughly, four sizes 
of mould-board of abrupt curvature, viz. : 

(Stamp on mould-board.) 

^' U. P. 50" furrows 15 to 18 inches wide, two to three horses. 



30 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



"U. P. 51" furrows 14 to 16 inches wide, two horse, large. 
"U. P. 52" furrows 12 to 14 inches wide, two horse, medium. 
"U. P. 53" furrows 10 to 12 inches wide, two horse, small. 
3. Also by using the skim plow forward on the same beam with the Old Ground 
mould-boards, two sizes of Doable, or Sod and Subsoil plows, viz. : 

"Sod and Subsoil, U. P. 50," 6 to 12 inches deep, draught of four to six horses 

or oxen. 

"Sod and Subsoil U. P. 51," 5 to 9 inches deep, draught of three to four horses. 

Mould-board No. U. P. 20, is represented on the plow in the large engraving, 

with the peacock coulter attachment, for breaking Prairie, furrows 14 to 16 inches 

wide, team three horses. The circular cutter is attached in lieu of the peacock 

coulter, where the purchaser so prefers. 




^*^^ 

Fig. 15 Breaking Plow, U. P. 21. 
Fig. 15 is a side view of the plow rigged with the mould-board No. U. P. 21, 
and the circular cutter, for breaking Prairie, — furrows 13 to 14 inches wide, team 
two to three horses. The peacock coulter is put on instead of the cutter, when 
preferred. 




Fig 16. Breaking Plow, U. P. 22. 

Fig. 16 is a view of the plow rigged with the mould-board No. U. P. 22 and thf- 
peacock coulter, for breaking Prairie, — furrows 12 to 13 inches wide, two horse 
team. It is trimmed with either cutter or coulter, as desired. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



81 




Fig. 1 7 is a view of the 
movement of the sod fur- 
row-slice, as turned by 
one of the mould-boards, 
two to three inches deep 
by fifteen inches wide. 
The mould-boards have 
a broad cutting share 
and flat and gradual en- 
trance under the sod, 
which, with their equal 
and easy curvature, or 
twist, adapts them to turn 
the furrow - slice over 
handsomely, giving the 
plow a true and level run 
and light draught. 



Fig. 17. View of the Movement of the Prairie Fur-ow-Slice. 




Fig. 18.-01d Ground Plow, IT. P. 50. 

Fig. 18 is a view of the plow rigged with the mould-board No. U. P. 50, for 
plowing old ground, — furrows fifteen to eighteen inches wide. 

The plow rigged with either of the old ground mould-boards will bury any 
amount of " trash," shallow or deep, as may be preferred. The mould-boards are 
high and of extra turning capacity, to fit them for turning under weeds and stub- 
ble of rank growth. 



32 



C. V. MAPES rLLUSTRATED OATAT,or,UE. 




Fig. 19. Old Ground Plow, U. P. 51. 



Fig. 19 represents the plow rigged with the mould- 
board No. U. P. 51, for plowing old ground, — furrows 
fourteen to sixteen inches wide. 




Fig. 20. Old Ground Plow, JJ. P. 52. 

Fig. 20 represents the plow rigged with the mould- 
board No. U. P. 52, for plowing old ground, — furrows 
twelve to fourteen inches wide. 




Fig. 21.-01d Ground Plow, U. P. 53. 

Fig. 21 is a view of the plow rigged with the mould-board No. U. P 53, for 
plowing old ground, ten to twelve inch cut, light team. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE 



83 




Fig. 22. Sod and Sub-Soil Plow, U. P. 50. 

Fig. 22 is a side view of the plow rigged with the old ground mould-board No. 

U. P. 50, and the skim plow forward on the same beam, with the peacock coulter 

attached, for breaking Prairie, in the sod and subsoil style of plowing. 

Fig. 23 represents 
the movement of the 
two furrow-slices in 
breaking Prairie with 
the Sod and Subsoil 
plow No. U. P. 50. 
The skim or forward 
plow cuts twelve or 
thirteen inches wide, 
and takes off a slice 
of sod from one to 
three inches thick, as 
may be desired, turn- 
ing it into the furrow 
channel : the rear 
mould -board follow- 
ing, lifts the under soil 
in slices from three to 
eight or ten inches 
thick, at the option of 
the plowman, and de- 
posits it on top of the 
sod slice, turned by 
the skim plow. With 
this plow the raw Prai- 
rie, wherever tolerably 

feasible for plowing, can, at one operation, and the first time broken, be converted 

into the condition of mellow old ground. 




lllllMiml|||Tl|niirin!i'!!H!.:ri,!,lli;;'i! nninllHiillllli 

Fig. 23, View of the Uovemeat of the Sod and Subsoil Furrow-slices. 



u 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



New Series of Plows.— Deep Tillers. 

CAST IRON MOULD-BOARDS. 

Plow No. 78, represented by the cut on the opposite page, is the largest of the 
series of the deep tillers. It is rigged with the lock coulter and broad steel share, 
to fit it for rugged work among stumps, roots, and stones, and for the making and 
repairing of highways. It is a very strong plow, and may be worked by six to 
eight oxen, turning furrows nine to fourteen inches deep, and sixteen to twenty 
inches wide. This plow is now being successfully used in clearing the scrub-oak 
lands of Long Island, New Jersey, and elsewhere, and when used in connection 
with the lifting subsoil plow of the larger size, materially lessens the expense of 
clearing new land. 

Plow No. 77, which is represented by the cut on a following page, is next in 
size to No. 78, and will carry a furrow-slice from eight to twelve inches deep, by 
fifteen to eighteen inches wide, and has great turning power. No, 77 is worked 
by six horses or oxen in easy soils, or by eight in very heavy soils. 

This plow is well suited for burying the light surface of sand on new lands in 
Burlington and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey, and other similar soils. 

Plow No. 76 is of the same general construction, and performs in proportion to 
size ; working seven to ten inches deep, by fourteen to sixteen wide. It is rigged 
with cutter for smooth lands, and with lock coulter for plowing among roots and 
stones. 

Plow No. 75 is next in size, and is adequate to the turning of sod furrows six to 
nine inches deep, by thirteen to fifteen inches wide. It is easily drawn by two 
oxen and a horse, or three horses, at seven and eight inches, and by four oxen or 
horses at nine inches deep. 




W,y*iVkViV. 



rig. 24. PlowNo.73>^. 



Plow No. 73|- is next in size to No. 75. It turns sod furrows five to eight inches 
deep, by eleven to fourteen inches wide, and may be drawn by two cattle or 
horses to the depth of seven inches ; if worked deeper it is a three-cattle plow. 
It is adapted to flat or lapped plowing, by the use of an inclined cutter for the first, 



V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



37 



and a straight cutter for the latter mode of plowing. This change may be made 
at pleasure by the plowman. 

At the Fair of the American Institute a few years since, one plowman used this 
plow rigged for laying lap furrows, and took the first premium for the best lap 
plowing. Another plowman used the same plow for laying flat furrows, and took 
the first premium for the best flat plowing; each having many competitors. 

Plow No. 71^ is next in size to No. 734-, and is especially designed for plowing 
loose, porous, sandv, and gravelly loams. It turns sod furrows five to seven inches 
deep, by eleven to thirteen inches wide, on a long and easy twist, so as to avoid 
unduly opening and disuniting its constituent parts; and, although this action 
w^ould be detrimental in very heavy soils, still, in those described, it is desirable, to 
enable their more perfect manipulation, as they require more compactness of parts ; 
and hence the powerful pulverizing plow is not the best for working them. The 
best and most experienced cultivators of light, dry lands, have found that by thus 
plowing, and then compressing the furrows closely with a heavy roller, they best 
insure the germination of seeds and an even stand of crops. 




Cnap. 



Fig. 25. Plow No. S3- Sod. 

This cut represents the plow trimmed for sod plowing. It is well adapted to the 
plowing of grass lands that are stony and of uneven surface; its mould-board 
gives a short and powerful but equal twist to the furrow-slice, and leaves the plowed 
land in a mellow condition susceptible of tilth. It may be moved by two or three 
cattle, working it five to eight inches deep and eleven to thirteen inches wide. 




Rg.26. PiowNo.72>^. 



38 



C. V. MAPES' ILUSTEATED CATALOGUE. 



Plow No. Y2|-, represented by Fig. 26, lias a long, narrow mould-board, of a con- 
vex surface, and is specially designed for stiff soil, turning narrow furrow-slices, two- 
thirds as deep as they are wide. No Y2^ is adapted to turn furrow-slices 7 inches 
deep by 10 inches wide, in stiff clay sod, and set them at an inclination of 45°; and 
that is a position of furrow presenting the greatest attainable surface to the action 
of the atmosphere, and the greatest cubical contents of soil to the action of the cul- 
tivator in preparing a seed-bed. When the attempt is made to work clay sod with 
plows of short, wide, abruptly curved mould-boards, the furrows are too wide for their 
depth, and, turned abruptly, are broken in large pieces rather than disintegrated ; 
they are laid over too flat, and in heavy clods, and a proper pulverization of the soil 
cannot be obtained. No. I2i, by its gentle convexity and curvature of mould- 
board, is calculated to work bright and free in the most adhesive soil. The plow is 
rigged with or without the skim coulter ; though this attachment is valuable because 
it disposes of the grass-edge of the slice, thus preventing the growth of grass between 
the lapped furrows, and its use is a convenience where finished lapped work is de- 
sired, acting in degree like a Michigan plow. 




Fig. 27. Swivel Plow, No. 83. 

Plow No. 83, represented by Fig. 27, is a Swivel or Hill-Side plow. Its mould- 
board, two in one, has the principles of construction of the other Deep Tillers. No. 
83 is adapted to turn sod-slices 5 to 7 inches deep by 10 to 12 inches wide, whether 
the surface be hill-side or level land. 

A hook, fastened by a staple to the center-piece of the handles, and changing to 
either side of the beam as may be desired, enters the back part of the mould-board, 
(as may be seen in the cut,) and holds it fast on either side of the standard as wanted. 
The mould-board is easily and instantly revolved from one side of the standard and 
beam to the other, making a right or left hand plow at pleasure, while the team is 
turning at the ends of the plow-field ; indeed, if the hook is lifted, it naturally 
changes from one side to the other of itself, while the team is coming about at the 
ends of the field. With this plow, the plow^Tian may commence on the lower edge 
of a hill-side, and turn his furrows all down the slope, changing his plow to a right 
or left hand one at each turning of the team at the ends of the field ; or he may 
begin on one side of a level field, and lay his furrows all one way, thus avoiding 
the "dead" or cleansing furrow in the center, and the ridging on the sides; and at 




'I ^1 



C. V. 5IAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALoGLE. 



41 



the next rotation of crops on the field, he may begin on the opposite side and turn 
them back again, thus keeping the soil equally distributed, and the surface level. 

Swivel Plow, No. 84, is a size larger than No. 83, turning flat sod furrows, 6 to 9 
inches deep. When worked to the greater depth, it is a four-horse or cattle plow. 




Fig. 27jir. Swivel Plow, No. 82. 

Swivel Plow, No. 82, is like the two above named, in general construction, but 
has a quicker turned mould-board, to fit it for stubble or old ground plowing, turn- 
ing furrows 4 to 8 inches deep, by 12 to 13 inches wide. 




Fig. 28. Double Swivel Plow, No. 85. 

No. 85, a Swivel Sod and Subsoil Plow, represented by Fig. 28, is a recent inven- 
tion by Knox, and its mould-boards are formed on the principles discovered and 
perfected by him. The instrument is so constructed that two plows attached to 
one beam are readily changed from one side to the other, turning the furrow-slices 
either to the right or left, as desired. The forward plow turns the sod to the depth 
of about three inches, depositing it at the bottom of the channel ; and the rear 
plow works to the depth of five to seven inches, raising and pulverizing the imdei 
or subsoil, and depositing it upon the forward furrow, burying the sod below the 
3 



42 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



reach of the harrow or cultivator. This plow, combining the swivel with the sod 
and subsoil principle, enables the person using it to plow hill sides in the sod and 
subsoil style ; or to commence on one side of a level field, and passing forth and back 
turn the soil all one way, thus avoiding the center or dead furrow and ridges on 
the side. 

To change the plows, on arriving at the end of each furrow, the plowman leans 
forward and raises the hooks or latches, retaining his hold on the handles, to keep 
the instrument in an upright position, while the team, in coming about, changes 
the plows to the opposite side of the beam. The beam is then tipped toward the 
side the plows are, the forward plow^ latches itself and becomes confined, and the 
plowman again stoops forward and latches the rear plow to its place — the whole being 
easily and quickly done. 




Fig. 29. Stubble Plow, No. 33. 

Plow No. 33, for Stubble plowing, is represented by Fig. 29. It may be used as 
-a swing plow, as represented in the cut, or with the addition of the wheel; or with 
the Fin Share, or the ordinary plain Share. For an explanation of the uses of the 
Fin Share, see cut and description of the same in this Catalogue. No. 33 is very 
hiojh in tlie standard, which enables it to keep its course and depth in the ground 
without clogging. Its mould-board is short and high, of a capacity for deep work, 
of great turning power, and a thorough disintegrator and pulverizer of the soil. It 
works from 5 to 9 inches deep by 10 to 13 inches wide. 

Stubble Plows Nos. 30, 31 and 32, smaller sizes, and No. 35, a larger size than 
No. 33 above described, are of the same principles of construction as No. 33, and 
their work is proportionately the same. 

Plow No. 39 is specially adapted to the burying of broom-corn stubble. Through 
the Valley of the Connecticut river, where it has been much used, it is highly com- 
mended for its capacity to put the hills and stalks of the broom-corn crop entirely 
beneath the surface. 

Double Plow No. 33, for Sod and Subsoil plowing, is represented by Fig. 30. 
The forward mould-board is connected with the beam, and its depth of furrow is 
adjusted as follows : A substantial iron flange is fastened to the under side of the 
plow-beam by two bolts passing up through the flange and the beam and made 
tight en top by nuts and screws; the flange has two rows of slots in it to receive 
the bolts from the land-side of the former plow, and the plow is made fast to the 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



43 




Fig. 30; Double Plow, No. 33. 

flange by bolts and nuts. By means of the slots in the flange, the forward plow 
may be raised or lowered, according to the depth of plowing desired, and made fast 
at the requisite point to give the depth desired. The forward mould-board turns 
the sod-furrow as wide as the working of the whole plow, and the earth on top as- 
suming an arch-like shape, is naturally opened, while the effort of the rear mould- 
board brings up the deeper soil, placing it upon the sod and filling the channel, so 
that the sod-furrow is in no case liable to be brought to the surface by after-culti- 
vation, the cohesion of the soil is broken, and the plowed land lies light and mel- 
low, and almost as fine as if worked by the cultivator — indeed, in some free soils 
it renders the use of the cultivator unnecessary. 



We here subjoin cuts of a portion of the older patterns of Eagle Plows. They 
are very strongly made and especially well adapted to the plowing of stony lands, 
and lands of a rough and uneven surface. Plows of these patterns are spread 
abroad widely in the United States and in foreign countries, having been critically 
tested in various conditions of soil and cultivation ; and for perfection of form, du- 
rability of material, and excellence of working properties, are regarded with much 
favor. The greatest commendation which can be paid to them is, that they have 
received over four hundred premiums, and have been imitated in degree by many 
plow makers, who have sold them as genuine Eagle Plows. 




Fig. 31. Eagle No. 1. With Wheel and Cutter. 

Eagle No. 1 is called at the North a small sized sod or stubble plow, and is quite 
lififht of draught for two horses or oxen. At the South it would be considered a 
larger size, requiring three mules in turning a furrow six inches deep and eleven 



44 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



inches wide, though this amount of work has often been accomplished with a pair 
of mules. It is a light, pretty sod or stubble plow, working to the depth of six 
inches. It is rigged as represented by Fig. 3 1 ; or with lock coulter, wheel, draft- 
rod, and dial clevis, as is Eagle No. 2, represented by Fig, 32 ; or with fin share, as 
is sward C, represented by Fig. 33. 




Fig. 32. Eagle No. 2. With Lock Coulter, Wheel, Draft-Rod and Dial Clevis. 

Eagle No. 2 is a size larger than Eagle No. 1, and is a medium-sized two-horse 
or cattle sod or stubble plow. It is adapted to turn sod furrows four to seven inches 
deep by twelve to fourteen inches wide, and will work somewhat deeper in stubble 
plowing. It is rigged with the lock coulter, wheel, draft-rod, and dial clevis, as 
represented by Fig. 32 ; and, with these fixtures, is a very strong and at the same 
time light plow for two cattle or horses, in plowing stony, stumpy, or rough uneven 
land. Or it is rigged with wheel and cutter, for flat furrows in smooth land, as is 
Eagle No. 1, represented by Fig. 31 ; and thus rigged it has competed triumph- 
antly with the flat furrow sod plows of the country, carrying off" the highest pre- 
miums at a great many plowing matches. It is also rigged with wheel and fin 
share, like sward C, represented by Fig. 33, which adapts it in the best manner for 
stubble plowing. 




Fig. 33. Eagle or Sward C. With Wheel and Fin Share. 

Sward C is larger than Eagle No. 2, and is a two or three cattle or horse plow, 
working from 4 to Y inches deep by 12 to 15 inches wide. Sward C is rigged with 
the fin share and wheel, and thus rigged is well adapted to stubble plowing, or the 
plowing of rough or stony sod land. Or it is rigged with the wheel and inclined 
cutter, like Eagle No. 1, represented in Fig. 31 ; and thus rigged for flat sod fur- 
rows, and turning them six inches deep by twelve to thirteen inches wide, it has 
won numerous premiums at plowing matches in different States. 

Eagle No. 20 is a very strong four cattle or horse plow, adapted to deep, heavy 
•work, having a mould-board of great turning power. It is rigged with wheel, cut- 



c. V. M apes' illustrated catalogue. 



45 




Fig. 34. Eagle No. 20. With Wbeel, Cutter, Draft-Rod and Dial Clevis. 

ter, draft-rod, and dial clevis, as represented by Fig. 34, and has thus been repeat- 
edly used at plowing matches, and won the highest premiums for plowing sod nine 
and ten inches deep, with double teams. Or it is rigged with the lock coulter, 
wheel, draft-rod, and dial or quadrant clevis, like Eagle No. 2, represented by Fig. 
32, and thus trimmed is equal to the deep plowing of rough, stony, or stumpy and 
rooty land. Or it is ti-immed with the meadow fixtures, consisting of the lock 
coulter, the broad wide-cutting steel-edged share, the reversed or drag cutter, wheel, 
draft-rod, and dial or quadrant clevis, as represented by Fig. 35. Thus trimmed. 
Eagle No. 20 possesses excellence for turning over the spongy sod of recently 
ditched peat meadows, or muck swamps, and is extensively used for the purpose. 




Fig. 35. Eagle Plow No. 20, Trimmed with Meadow Fixtures. 

Eagle Plow No. 20, when denuded of its drag cutter, is one of the best clearing 
plows for new land with which we are acquainted, and its late use in the Martha 
tract in Burlington County, New Jersey, has given it a high reputation. The wide 
steel-edged share cuts off the vertical roots, while the steel-fronted lock coulter re- 
moves those in a horizontal direction. It is nearly or quite as effective as the 
large Eagle 78 coulter plow, and requiring much less team. 



Plows with Self-Sharpening and Adjustable Steel 

Points. 

These plows are of the same superior form and general construction as the other 
celebrated Eagle Plows, with the exception that the point and share are in two 
pieces, which are made on an improved self-sharpening principle. 

The point, as shown detached at No. 1, Fig. 36, is simply a bar of iron sharp- 



46 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 36. Eagle Self-Sharpener. 

eiied at eacli end, about tweiit}' inches long, and vvliich passes upward into the 
body of the plow, where it is confined with one bolt. As it becomes shorter and 
worn on the under side, it is readily moved forward and turned the other side up, 
thus always presenting a sharp point oi full length, and pro'per shape ; when one 
end is worn off five inches, the other end is placed forward and performs a like ser- 
vice. The wing or share, as shown detached at No. 2, is made of either wrought 
iron with steel edge, or of cast iron, and is also reversible, being used either end 
forward or either side up. 

Both point and share are so very simply constructed, that any blacksmith can 
replace them at trifling expense, or perpetuate the use of the original by new-laying 
with steel, as they become worn. 

There is a coulter of cast iron a little back and above the point, as in Fig. 33, 
and shown detached at No. 3, Fig. 36, forming part of a cap, shown detached at 
No. 4. whicli cap protects the sliin or forward part of the mould-board; it is con- 
fined in its place by the same bolt that confines the point, and is cheaply replaced 
when worn. 

This is much less expensive, and in many kinds of soils quite as serviceable as a 
wrought coulter or cutter, as shown by the cut above. They are sold with one or 
both, or with simply the cap. 

These plows are particularly commended for the southern plantations, for any 
blacksmith can easily repair them. 

Self-sharpening points and shares have been considered objectionable, inasmuch 
as they have not possessed sufficient strength, owing to their complicated construc- 
tion of cast metal : but a single glance at these plows will convince any person, by 
the simple construction of the point and share of wrought iron and steel, that they 
combine strength and durability unequalled by any other form or construction, and 
that they are kept in repair at much less trouble and expense. 

The point can be used projecting more or less forward, causing the plow to in- 
cline more or less into the ground, as diff'erent soils may require. 

Eagle Self-Sharpener, No. 1. 
A light one-horse or mule plow. 

Eagle Self-Sharpener, No. 2. 
A medium-sized one-horse plow, useful at South or North. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



47 



Eagle Self-Sharpener, No. 3. 
A medium-sized two-horse or cattle plow, for sod or stubble land. 

Eagle Self-Siiarpener, No. 4. 
A large-sized two-horse or cattle plow. 

Eagle Self-Sharpener, No. 5. 
A strong- breaking-up plow. It is an admirable implement for breaking up deep 
stony soils. 



Eagle Left-Hand Plows. 

These are made to turn the furrow-slice to the left instead of the right hand, and 
are constructed with the self-sharpening and adjustable steel point, as described 
above. They are used principally by the German and Dutch farmers, and are 
trimmed with the various' fixtures used on the right-hand plows. 
Eagle Self-Sharpener. Left-Hand, No. 40. 
Is a size suitable to be drawn by two strong horses. 

Eagle Self-Sharpener. Left-Hand, No. 41. 
Is a heavy, large size, and designed to be drawn by three or more horses. 




Fig. 37. Eagle Left Hand. Nos. 46 and 47. 

These are strong, powerful plows, for two or more horses, according to amount of 
work wanted. They are made with the common plain cast shares, and are trimmed 
with the same fixtures as other plows. 



Small Plows, of different Forms and Sizes, 

USED FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES, VIZ.: 

No. 14. — A light, single one-horse or mule plow, calculated to carry a wide fur- 
row in a light or sandy soil, and well adapted to Northern and Southern culture. 

No. 14d — The same size a^ No. 14, but has extra strong heavy castings, for rough, 
rugged or stiff soils. 

No. 15. — A single-horse or mule plow, of same construction as above, but one size 
larger. 

No. A 1. — A light one-horse or mule plow, but better calculated for a clay soil. 
It is much used among cotton or corn, as well as for furrowing-out or drilling. 



48 



C. V. M apes' ILLUSTRArED CATALOGUE. 



No. A 2. — A single-horse or mule plow, same construction as the above, but one 
size larger. 

No. 1 B. — A laige one-horse plow ; frequently used with two horses. 

No. 2 B. — A small two-horse plow, same as the above, but one size larger. It 
is much liked at the North and South. 

Eagle No. 0, is a size suitable for two horses at the South or one at the North, is 
sometimes used with two horses at the North. It is of very easy draft. 



Ridging or Donble Mould-Board Plows. 

No. 11, Double Mould-Board. 
A light one-horse plow, used for open- 
ing drills to'plant potatoes, corn, &c. 
In plowing out between narrow rows, 
it throws the dirt both ways to the 
plant, and thus does the work of two 
plows. It is also useful in digging po- 
tatoes. It is a convenient implement 
for various kinds of work, and should 
be kept on all farms. 

Fig. 40- Top View. 





Fig. 41. Doable Mould-Board Plow No. IX, 
No 1^ is similar in construction to No. 1^, but of » size larger. 
No. 2. Double Mould-Board. — Of same construction and use as the above, but 
one size larger. This is also used in furrowing for planting cane, and making 
light ditches. No. 2 has an extra point, made wide, for the purpose of digging 
potatoes. 

No. 3 Fluke — or Double expanding Mould-Board Plow, for Planting 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 49 

Sugar-Cane. — This is a plow recently made, expressly for the use of sugar- 
planters, by which a furrow is made ten to twelve inches wide, and four to five inches 
deep. The mould-boards are of wrought iron, and may be longer or wider, or 
otherwise, to order. . 

Cotton Plows. 

Davis 6 Inch. — A light one-horse or mule plow, particularly designed for the 
South. 

Davis 7 Inch. — Of nearly same construction, but a size larger than the above. 



Rice Trenching Plow. 

This plow is made from a pattern furnished by an eminent Southern planter. 
It will do the work of many hoes, in trenching a field for the rice crop, and will be 
found a great labor-saving implement for the South. It is an excellent implement, 
also, for opening drills for corn or cotton, and for various root crops at the North. 



Hill-Side or Swivel Plows. 




Fig. 42. Hill-Side or Swivel Plow. 

Of the above plows the manufacturers make seven different sizes. They are so 
constructed that the mould-board is easily and instantly changed from one side to 
the other, which enables the operator to perform the work horizontally upon side- 
hills, going back and forth on the same side, and turning all the furrow slices 
downward. This prevents the washing of the soil by heavy rains, to which all 
side-hills are more or less liable when plowed up and down the slope. They are 
much liked at the South for horizontal plowing ; for by this system of turning and 
laying the soil, it is prevented from being washed in those deep gullies so destruc- 
tive to the general face of the country. They are likewise useful in enabling the 
plowman to turn the furrow /rom his walls and fences. 

No. 0. Side-Hill, or Swivel. 
A large one-horse or mule plow, more particularly for horizontal plowing at the 
South. 

No. 00. Side-Hill, or Swivel. 
A. large one-horse plow for the North, or suitable for two mules at the South. 



50 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTEATED CATALOGUE. 

No. B 1. Side-Hill or Swivel. 
A light two-cattle sod or stubble plow. 

No. A 1^ Side-Hill, or Swivel. 
A medium size two-horse or cattle plow. 

No. A 2. Side-Hill, or Swivel. 
A large two-cattle plow — is sometimes used with three or four horses, according 
to the nature of the soil. 

No. A 3. Side-Hill, or Swivel. 
A large four or six-cattle plow, made very strong. It is suitable for heavy farui 
or road work. 



Fig. 43. No. A 4. Swivel, or Heavy Boad Flow. 

Fig. 43 represents Swivel or Heavy Road Plow, No. A 4. It is made very 
strong, and is especially designed for the roughest road work, being of a size and 
capacity to do work requiring the draught of four to eight cattle. It is extensively 
used by road-makers, being considered by them as a great labor-saving implement. 
It will break the ground and give the general shape to a road in the newest or 
most difficult soils, plowing among roots, stumps, aud stones without breaking, 
and making a very imposing appearance with six or eight oxen hitched to it. For 
the annual repair of the roads, it is most valuable, as it will speedily and with 
great facility open the ditches at the sides, and furnish earth with which to shape 
up the road -track. 

Swivel-Plow No. 4 is often purchased by towns and districts for the purpose of 
making and repairing roads ; and such purchase will always prove a very econom- 
ical investment. 



Proiity & Mears' celebrated Centre Draft Plows. 

These plows are of easy draft, turning the sod most perfectly, and in a clear 
free soil preserve the furrow without a holder ; and if the ground is in good condi- 
tion for plowing, will nearly prepare it for seed. By their peculiar shape and turn 
of mould-board, they will pulverize and disintegrate the particles of the furrow- 
slice, and consequently aid in the proper aeration of the soil and decomposition of 
organic matter, and thus liberate food for plants from the inorganic matter of the 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATTLOGUE. 



51 



soil. In perfection perhaps they are nearly equal to spade husbandry, which has 
been termed the perfection of good culture. 

These plows have justly gained a high reputation in many parts of Pennsylva- 
nia and New Jersey, and are fairly entitled to the encomiums passed upon them by 
the different State Agricultural Societies. 

One of these plows, No. 5^, self-sharpener, took the first prize at the World's 
Fair in London. 




Fig. 44. No. 5X. Self-Sharpening Plow. 

This plow is self-sharpening, and requires two or three cattle, cutting a furrow 
seven inches in depth and thirteen inches in width. It should not be held on its 
bar-share while at work, but permitted to lean toward the furrow, which will cause 
the vegetable surface matter to be completely turned and buried. It is admirable 
for breaking up old sward land, the pulverization of which will produce a fine con- 
dition for corn. 

The use of the wheel is strongly recommended, although without it the plow is 

perfect as a swing plow. 

The coulter should be kept in a direct line with the breast of the plow ; the 
point and share may be repeatedly turned, by which treatment they will last dur- 
ing the plowing of 80 to 100 acres of land for each set. 




■r<:^-'i^--^<^ 



Fig. 46. No. 40. Self-Sharpening Plow. 
This new pattern is constructed with special reference to deep and narrow fur- 
rows, for plowing very stiff soils. It is designed to work a furrow ten inches wide 
and seven inches deep, cutting them with remarkable exactness, and requiring com- 



52 



C. V. MAPES' IIXUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



paratively little aid from the plowman, leaving the soil in an open and friable con- 
dition, effectually burying all surface plants. 




Fig. 46. 

This, in common with Nos. 22, 23, and 26, are the sward or grass plows of the 
series of the centre draft, [Nos. 20 and 21 being the light one-horse and seed- 
plows of this variety]. These, from their peculiar shape, lift the soil, disintegra- 
ting it and altering the relation of the particles, producing a result resembling 
spade husbandry, instead of wasting the resolution of force in horizontal pressure 
to compress the farrow-slice ; leaving the soil in a light and friable condition, in- 
verted and laid off by the side of the last furrow, completely covering all surface 
matter. 




Fie. 47. No. 155. Sod Plow. 

This is a four-cattle plow, complete in all its appurtenances, and capable of turn- 
ing sod to a depth of from six to ten inches, and in width from fourteen to eighteen 
inches ; producing results proportioned to the amount of force applied. 

Fig. 48 is of the kind usually known as the double mould-board plow. 

Its greater length and easy rise cause the resolution of force to elevate the soil, 
leaving an open furrow without compressing the portions removed. It may be used 
as a potato digger, but it is especially calculated for the opening of furrows for the 
planting of crops, or for the ridging and back-furrowing of clayey soil, to enable it 



C. V. MAPES II-LUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



53 




Fig 48- Improved Midland Flow, 
to avail of the freezings and thawings of winter, for more perfect disintegration. 
When used on the sward land where manures have been spread upon the surface, 
it encloses the manure within each ridge so as to form a seed-bed for crops to 
grow upon ; a system now being rapidly adopted in the growth of many crops. It 
is also used in the spring for the splitting and distribution of ridges. 

This plow is furnished with a wheel at the fore end of the beam ; it has, also, a 
larger wheel under the after end of the beam, as seen at A, which serves as a land- 
side, on which it is supported while in action, and by means of which it is with 
ease carried around the ends of the land, and from place to place. The cutter, 
suspended from the beam, divides the furrow-slice from the surface downward into 
two parts. The fins, seen at BB, near the top of each wing of the share and ex- 
tending upward some three inches, separate the divided and ascending furrow- 
slices from the solid land on either side, and enable the plow, by the peculiar form 
of its mould-board, to place the furrow-slice thereon with ease and regularity. The 
width of the work carried may be varied or adjusted by the cutters, from eighteen 
to twenty-four inches, viz. : — two furrows may be laid off from nine to twelve inches 
each, and from five to seven in depth. 

The other Prouty & Mears' Plows, the names of which will be found in our 
price list at pages 6 and Y, are of superior quality, and we are prepared to furnish 
them from the genuine patterns made by the inventors. 




Fig. 49. Paring Plow. 



54 



C. V. MAPES' ILLtJSTEATED CATALOGUE, 



The preceding* plow is iised for paring turf lands preparatory to burning. The share 
is thin and flat, made of wrought iron, steel-edged. It has a lock-coulter in the 
centre, and short coulters on the outward edge of each wing of the share, cutting 
the turf as it moves along into two strips, about one foot wide, and as deep as 
required. 

After the turf is pared off in strips, men follow with sharp spades, and cut it into 
suitable lengths, say of two or three feet. These pieces are then thrown into heaps, 
and after drying they are burned, and the ashes spread broad-cast on the land. 
Paring and burning is a very ameliorating process for stiff clay soils ; it changes 
their mechanical texture, and renders them friable and suitable for cultivation. 



Steel Plows. 

The Soils of the Western and some of the Southern States being composed 
largely of vegetable substance, with little perceptible sand intermixed, and lying 
loosely, after the sod has been once broken and subdued, do not present friction or 
scouring-quality enough to the cast iron mould-board to give it a suitable polish. 
Steel being a finer and less porous metal than cast iron, and less affected by rust, 
and requiring much less friction to give it a high polish, is considered the more 
desirable material for the construction of the mould-board, share and land-side of 
plows for working such soils. 

Duplicates of the various parts of each pattern of these Steel Plows are always 
kept on hand ; so that customers, in any section, can obtain any such parts as may 
be needed for purposes of repair or otherwise, and may be certain that the parts 
ordered by them will fit the proper place, and cause the instrument needing repair 
to work truly again. The Shares of these Steel Plows are put on with bolts so as to 
be replaced at any time with new shares. 




Fig 75. Steel Plow No W B 2 

Steel Plow No, W B 2, is represented by Fig. 75. The mould-board and share 
are a duplicate of those parts of Plow No, l2h in cast iron ; but the standard is 
higher than that of No. I2h, to enable the plow to keep its course through the 
extra amount of stubble and vegetable matter usually encumbering the surface of 
nch new lands. Its mould-board, like that of No. I2h, is finely adapted to the 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



55 



working of stiff clay sod land, in deep narrow furrows. It will plow T inches deep 
by 10 inches wide, in the most adhesive clay soil. It will take less depth or more 
width of furrow, as may be desired. It is of easy draught for two oxen or a span 
of horses. 




Fig. 76. Steel Plow No. XT G 3M. 

Steel Plow No. TJ G 3^, represented by Fig. 76, is a duplicate in the body parts 
of Plow No. iSh, in cast iron. The standard, however, is higher, and the land-side 
lower than those of No. 73i, to suit the wants of customers in the Western States, 
This plow is rigged with the " Peacock Coulter," for breaking prairie, or with the 
Circular Cutter, for the same purpose. It is a light plow, of easy draught for two 
to three horses. The mould-board is of that equal curvature which will cause it to 
polish brightly in any soil. This plow received the medal at the World's Fair, in 
Npw York, and has won many premiums at the Agricultural Fairs. 




Fig. 77. Steel Plow No. X 4X. 

Steel Plow No. X 4 A, represented by Fig. 11, is trimmed with the Circular 
Cutter, for breaking prairie. It is also trimmed with the "Peacock Coulter," 
where that arrangement is preferred to the Circular Cutter. Remove the Cutter 



56 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



or Coulter, and the plow is well adapted to old ground work. It is a light two- 
horse plow. 







Fig. 78. Steel Plow No. X 8>^. 



Steel Plow No. X 8h, represented by Fig. 18, is a duplicate of Stubble Plow No. 
32, of cast iron mould-board and other body parts. It is rigged as a swing plow, 
as represented by the cut, or with a wheel, as may be desired. It is extra high in 
the standard, as it is specially designed for prairie or old land plowing. It has a 
short mould-board, is a thorough pulverizer, and a deep worker, carrying furrow- 
slices from 5 to 10 inches deep and 12 to 14 inches wide, and will brightly polish 
and work free and clear in all soils. It is of easy draught for two cattle or horses. 




Fig. 79. Steel Plow No. X 7, 

Fig. 79 represents X Y — a left-hand steel plow, of corresponding size with X 4i 
right-hand, and adapted to the same purposes. 

Steel Double Plow No. X 4, represented by Fig. 80, is a right-hand plow, and a 
duplicate in the body parts of Double Plow No. 33, of iron mould-boards, &c. For 
a more particular description of the working properties of the Steel Double Plow, 
see the cut and description of Double Plow No. 33, Fig. 30. 

Steel Double Plow No. X Y, a left-hand plow, is of corresponding size with the 
X 4, represented by Fig. 80. 



0. V. MA pes' ILLUSTRATET* CATALOG UK. 



57 




Fig. 80. Steel Double Plow No. X 4. 
Other sizes of Steel Plows, as follows : 

X 00, a right hand, old ground plow, one horse, small. 
X 0, a right hand, old ground plow, one horse, light. 
X ], a right hand, old ground plow, one horse, large. 
X 8, a right hand, old ground plow, two horse, light. 
X Si, a right hand, old ground plow, two horse, light. 
X 9, a left hand, old ground plow, two horse, light. 
X 6, a right hand, old ground plow, two horse, large. 



Cuts and Explanations of the various Trimmings of 

the Plow. 

It may perhaps be well here to speak of the various appendages to the Plow ; 
and first — 

The Wheel. Several advantages are realized by the use of the wheel attached 
to the plow, particularly in turning sod : the plow is drawn at a convenient distance 
from the team ; its movements are steady and regular, and of uniform depth, pro- 
moting the ease of both plowman and team. 

The wheel is placed on the side of the plow-beam, as 
shown by the annexed cut, — (Fig. 81). 




Fig. 81. 

Or under the beam, as shown by the annexed 
cut,— (Fig. 82). 
4 




Fig. 82. 



58 



c. V. :mapes illustrated catalogue. 




Fig. 83. 



Or two "wheels are used, one running on the 
upland, and the other in the furrow-channel, as 
shown by the annexed cut, — (Fig. 83). 

In either case, the wheel-frame is clasped to the 
,^ ,^ beam in a manner that readily admits of raising or 
lowering the wheel to give the plow any desired 
depth of work; and, when adjusted to a given 
point, and there made fast by tightening the clasp, 
the plowing will be of uniform depth throughout. 



The Cutter. This is an important appendage to the plow in turning sod. It 
Separates the furrow-slice from the main land by an easy, smooth cut, securing a 
tiue edge and uniform width to the slice, and a highly-finished style of plowing, 
with a saving of draft to the team. Without the cutter the furrow-slice would 
be torn off the land by the breast of the plow, its edges would be bristling and 
ragged, its width irregular, and its inversion by the mould-board would not be at 
all times so sure. A vessel is directed and controlled by its rudder, and so is a 
sod plow by its cutter; and hen6e the importance of the correct adjustment of the 
cutter ; for very much in proportion as it is wrongly set, will the plow work 
wrongly, notwithstanding its capacity in other respects to do nice and finished 
work. When a particular style of plowing is desired, such, for instance, as lapped 
or flat, the set of the cutter must be governed by a consideration of that kind of 
plowing, or the desired work will not be realized. The following cuts will assist 
to illustrate this point : 

Fig. 84 represents a cutter set for 
plowing flat furrows. It should stand 
as much inclined toward the mould- 
board side as the land-side of the 
plow does, and it is generally best 
to set it even a little more so, in 
order to obtain that bevelled edge 
of the furrow-slices so essential to 
their sure and finished matching-in side 
by side as they come over from the 
plow, and to do perfectly flat work, as 
shown by Fig. 84. 

Fio-. 85 represents a cutter set for 
plowing lapped furrows. It should 
be set to cut rectangular furrow-slices 
Hg. 85. The Straight Cutter. and a perpendicular edge of the un- 

plowed land, thus insuring high-crested lapped work, as seen in the Figure. 

The cutte^ is made either of a flat or of a round bar of wrought iron, steel-edged, 
or of a thin circular plate of steel, and is variously adjusted to the plow-beam as 
follows : 




C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



59 





It is made of a flat bar, and clasped 
to the side of the beam, as shown by 
the annexed cut, — (Fig. 86). 

Or passes through the beam and is 
fastened by a gripe and key, as shown 
by the annexed cut, — (Fig. 87). 



Or is made of a round bar and clasped 
to the side of the beam, as shown by the 
annexed cut, — (Fig. 88). 

Or is made of a thin circular plate, re- 
volving on its own axis, and the stem or 
shank clasped to the beam, as shown by 
the annexed cut, — (Fig. 89). 



Fig, 88. ^Fig. 89. 

The rake of the cutter forward may be greater or less at pleasure; though in 

some conditions of the soil and the sod it is best set raking, for the edge will thereby 

the better free itself of the loose roots and stems that may incline to double over 

and remain upon it. The adjustment of the cutter to the beam is such as readily 

to admit of its being raised or lowered, set more or less raking forward, or its edge 

turned to or from land at pleasure. 

Fig. 90 represents the Lock Coulter. The lock coulter 

is made of wrought iron, steel-edged. It passes through 

the plow-beam and is made fast on top with a key, and 

locks through the share and mould-board where they 

join together. The adjustment is a very strong one, 

both for the coulter and plow, and fits the implement 

for working among stones, stumps, and roots, as the 

coulter cannot be turned out of place or broken by such 

obstacles. 
Fig. 90. The Lock Coulter. 

The Skim Coulter, Fig. 91, is usually placed a few inches for- 
ward of the cutter, and the stem or shank is attached to the beam 
by an iron clasp with nuts and screws to make it fast. The skim 
coulter promotes highly finished plowing, particularly that of lap- 
ped sod. It shaves oft' the grass edge of the furrow-slice, and the 
turf thus taken off" is carried over on the turning slice, till it drops 
into the furrow-channel and is buried. The edges of the lapped 
slices being thus freed of the sod, no grass springs up between 
The SkSn Coulter, them, and being jointed to an equal thickness, they are laid with 
great precision. 





Fig. 91. 



60 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 





The Share is made of cast iron, or wrought iron steel-edged, or wholly of steel. 

If of cast iron, the entire cutting edge and the point, is 

hardened in casting, by a process of chilling, which forms 

a very hard surface, the effect of which is constantly to 

produce a sharp thin cutting edge, of great advantage in 

plowing ; and to insure three times the service in the 

Fig. 92. The Share. gi^^re that would otherwise be obtained. The extent of 

the case-hardening is indicated in Fig. 92, by the dotted line back of the edge of 

the share. 

Fig. 93 represents the Fin Share. A share 
like that represented in Fig. 92 is cast with 
the addition of the fin, and is termed the Fin 
Share. It is a useful addition for plowing 
sod lands infested with roots and stumps or 
stones, where the sward cutter cannot be 
used without danger of getting bent or mis- 
placed. It is also useful when plowing-in 
stubble or coarse manure, serving to keep the 
Fig. 93. The Fin Share. plow from clogging at the standard. It sep- 

arates the furrow-slice from the unplowed land more smoothly and easily than it 
could be done by the breast of the plow. 

The Dial Clevis. In order to obtain the same steady, easy and uniform mo- 
tion of the plow, running at diflPerent depths of furrow, the point of attaching the 
chain, or motive power, must be varied. For instance, if properly attached to 
work six inches deep, the chain at the end of the beam must be raised considera- 
bly to work well at twelve inches deep, and carried to the right in order to acquire 
more width of furrow-slice, and in proportion for the intermediate depths ; with 
the common clevis suflBcient variations cannot be had. The manufacturers of the 
Eagle Plows use for the purpose the Scotch clevis, or the patent dial clevis ; the 
latter is represented by the cuts below in detached parts, and is seen attached on 
the preceding cuts. It is strong and instantly adjusted to any degree of nicety, 
and capable of greater variation than any other kind, without the least endanger- 
ing the strength of itself or the other parts of the plow. 

C and K, Fig. 1, shows plow with 
dial clevis with rod attached, and a 
position with plow in operation, line 
of draft, &c., &c. 

A, Fig. 2. The guide or movable 
plate, which is confined across the 
end of the beam. B, Fig. 2. The 
joint bolt and nut, which confines the 
guide to the end of the beam. 

C, Fig. 2. A section of the draft- 
rod passing through the guide, and 
to which the power is applied. Figs. 




Fig. 94. The Dial Clevis. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



61 




3 and 4. The cast iron cap, fitting the end of the beam, and through which the 
bolt passes and to which the guard is confined by means of a bolt, and cogs or 
teeth on it fitting into ribs upon the guide. 

The Scotch Clevis, made of malleable iron, 
is a strong and convenient attachment to the 
plow. Through the head of the clevis there 
are a number of holes for the reception of the 
bolt of the smaller clevis, to which the evener 
Fig. 96. The Scotch Clevis. or chain is attached ; and thus a level gauge is 

obtained for the plow at any required depth. The rear of the clevis terminates in 
a T form, with various holes for the reception of the back bolt. There are three 
holes in the plow-beam through which the back bolt may pass; and the changes 
which they aftbrd, together with tho^ obtained by the various holes in the termi- 
nus of the clevis, give to or take from the plow any amount of land desired. 
Eleven changes are attainable by the use of this clevis. The means of making 
them may be readily seen by a reference to Fig. 95. 

The Half Scotch Clevis, also 
of malleable iron, is represent- 
ed by Fig. 96. 





Fig. 96. Half Scotch Clevis. 

And the Common Clevis, of wrought iron, bv Fiar. 97. 

* ' .^ & Fig. 97. Common Clevis. 

The Quadrant Clevis, Fig. 98, afibrds a wide range to 

the earthing or landing of the plow, and is generally used 

in connection with the draft-rod on subsoil and other 

plows where extra deep heavy work is to be done. By 

loosening the nuts of the screw bolt of the clevis, through 

which the draft-rod passes, the line of draft may be raised 

or lowered, turned on or off" the land, and more or less 

depth or width of furrow may be given the plow, to any 

desirable extent. 




Fig. 98. The Quadrant 
Clevis and Draft-Rod. 



Lash's Spring-beam Plows. 

This new invention will be understood in part from Fig. 99. A spring of wood 
is attached to the front of the plow on the top of the beam; from its rear end 
descends a connecting rod, which couples with a toggle joint inserted within the 
beam, and at the lower end of which toggle, beneath the beam, is attached the 
draft-rod of the plow. Under all ordinary circumstances the plow may be pro- 
pelled through the soil without the spring being at all moved, the toggle being so 
configured as not to put the spring in motion with the mere pull of the draft-rod 
while plowing ; but if the point come in contact with a stump, stone, or other im- 
movable body, then the momentum consequent upon such interference resolves 



G2 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 99. 
itself through the draft-rod toggle to the spring, causing it to be depressed, and 
thus dividing the momentum, and taking the jar oflF the plow, the plowman, and 
the team. 

We quote the following from the report of a committee of the American 
Institute, who experimented with this contrivance on the farm of the editor of the 
Working Farmer : 

" Your committee witnessed the operation of this machine and fairly tested its 
usefulness. A stake four inches in diameter was driven two feet into the ground; 
and when the plow to which Mr. Lash's contrivance was attached was moving at 
full speed, with a heavy team, the point of the plow was brought to bear on the 
stake, and although the progress of the team was arrested, neither the member who 
held the plow nor the team seemed to recognize the least shock ; the whole force 
was resolved upon the relief-spring, and there expended itself gradually and not 
impulsively. 




VNN.t,.,^^ 



^'>vvw,-^ st 



Fig. 100. Whitney's Iron Plowman. 

This contrivance may be attached to any plow, and really takes the place of a 
plowman, so far as regulating the position of the plow, depth of insertion, etc. If 
the team be driven the handles of the plow need not be held by the plowman. Its 
form and operation may be thus understood. A V-shaped casting of iron, as above, 
its extremities attached to the beam by hinged joints ; at the point of the V is a 
wheel intended to rest on the unplowed ground, and from the point near the wheel 
runs a rod with a slot at its farther end held to the plow by a thumb-screw ; while 
this screw is loose the plow is entered into the soil in the usual way, and when at 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 63 

the desired depth, the thumb-screw is turned so that the wheel on the unplowed 
ground cannot alter its relation to the plow in an upward direction, and thuf 
secures not only the vertical position of the handles but regulates the depth of 
travel of the mould-board. The weight of this wheel on the end of a lever, equal 
in length to its distance from the plow-beam, is fully equal to a man's strepgth at 
the plow handles. The wheel will follow the sinuosities of the surface of the 
ground, thus causing the plow to make the depth of its furrows parallel with the 
surface. 

" This utensil is a great leveller of excellence among plowmen, for by its assist- 
ance the veriest novice becomes an expert." 

General Remarks on Plowing. 

There are a few general principles connected with plowing which may be thus 
understood. The effect of plowing in the year 1858 is in degree neutralized in the 
year 1860 by rains and dews lubricating the surface of the particles, and thus en- 
abling them to settle back to their previous condition. This particularly applies 
to rains, or to soils containing a redundant amount of water from an absence of 
underdrains. No amount of ramming by mechanical force will compact a soil as 
heavily as will the effect of water when soil is suffered to subside through it. Thus 
in a barrel filled with water and soil sieved in it, each particle, from the thorough 
lubrication while sinking, will compact itself to a closer fit than if rammed in a 
dry state; and when the water is all displaced from the barrel by the soil, and the 
portion between the particles suffered to run out at the bottom, and the whole 
mass then dried, it will be found to contain more sand than can be rammed intG 
the same space when in a dry state. This, then, accounts for the necessity of 
plowing the land every year to overcome the effect of rains, local water, etc. Sand 
ou a sea beach settles so tightly, from its continued lubrication by water, that 
the wheels of a heavily laden carriage scarcely make an impression on its wet 
surface. 

It must be evident that plowing should be as deep as the effect produced in 
recompacting the soil by rains. This depth varies in different soils from ten to 
fifteen inches ; as few soils can be readily plowed to a depth of fifteen inches at 
one operation, the sub-soil plow, represented by our figures 101, 102, and 10.3, is 
called in. This plow disintegrates the soil to any required depth without elevating 
it or mixing it with the surface soil, as will be more fully described under the head 
of sub-soil plows. 

It is a common mistake to use such plows as will turn soils most smoothly and 
with least disturbance. The object of plowing is not to move large masses of 
earth for a great distance but rather to alter the relation of particles to each other 
so that new points of contact with each may occur and new portions may be sub- 
jected to atmospheric influences and the consequent chemical changes. 

The progression in the soil, or rather of its integrants, is in part a consequence of 
its disturbance, while its liability to suffer from drouth is materially lessened by 
thorough change of relation among the particles. 



64 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



In sod-plowing the regularity of turning becomes necessary to insure the decay of 
organic matter in the soil, and in such practice our remarks as above do not apply. 



Sub-soiling and Snb-soil Plows. 

The following, from The Working Farmer, of May, 1860, fully describes both 
the process and implements above referred to : 

The deeper disintegration of the soil has long been admitted as a desirable mode 
for general adoption, and some experimenters have concluded that no depth is too 
great which can be practically attained. In particular districts, however, where 
the surface-loam was shallow, and the sub-soil too heavily charged with clay, it was 
found not beneficial to reverse the position of the soil, placing the clay on top, but 
that the disturbance of the clay in place, without elevating it, was advantageous ; 
thus the digging of a trench and afterward filling it up, first with the clay and then 
replacing the surface-soil, caused the crops to be much greater, not only imme- 
diately over the trench, but for a considerable distance on each side. We remem- 
ber an experiment of this kind made on Long Island, by William Cobbett, and 
shall never forget the pride with which he showed the result to his neighbor far- 
mers, foretelling, at the same time, that a tool would be invented for disturbing 
sub-soils without elevating them. The use of a sub-soil plow at all is of very recent 




Fig. 101. 

date. The first one imported in the United States by Messrs. Euggles, Nourse «fe 
Mason, in the year 1840, was of a kind not unlike that represented in the engrav- 
ing ; it has a wing on one side only, running from the point back, elevated at the 
rear five inches ; and we are sorry to say that many such plows are still sold, and 
attempted to be used. They are suited neither to sub-soiling nor even to the 
economical admixture of the surface with the sub-soil. The wing being only on 
one side, performs but half the service required of the sub-soil plows, while the 
great elevation of the wing demands an amount of force, which renders it impos- 
sible to sink this plow in the bottom of the furrow left by the surface-plows ; for in 
this way the sub-soil plow should be always used. 

Let us suppose that the surface-loam has a well defined depth of eight inches, 
and beneath this either a clay or red kellis hard-pan soil, or any other differing 



C. V. MAPKS ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 66 

from the surface-soil. The surface-plowing should not exceed at first the depth of 
the loam ; the sub-soil plow should then follow in the bottom with the lower side 
of its beam actually resting in the bottom of the furrow, so that the sub-soil should 
be slightly elevated and fall back again in its place, so disintegrated as to admit 
the after action of the atmosphere, moisture, etc., improving its condition, and 
changing it gradually to a character more resembling the surface-soil. This can- 
not be done with the plow represented above, for when inserted to full depth, say 
fifteen inches below the bottom of the surface-furrow, four yoke of oxen cannot move 
it with ease in moist sub-soils, and if they could, it would simply raise this sub-soil 
five inches, mixing it with the surface soil in the lower portion of the furrow. 

In this condition we found the sub-soil plow and the art of sub-soiling many 
years ago. Our first suggestion to our friends, the plow-makers, was to lower the 
wing to three inches', they insisting that sufficient strength of parts could not be 
had with the wing below that point, as the point would be rendered too thin to 
sustain itself. We then suggested the plow represented by Fig. 102. 




Fig. 102. 

This was called the reversible sub-soil plow, and was a modification of our views* 
which are more fairly represented in Fig. 103 by the manufacturers. It will be 
seen that this reversible sub-soil plow has a lozenge-shaped bottom, alike on both 
sides of the standard, and is but an inch and a half higher at the middle of its sole^ 
than at the point ; this elevation of the sub-soil being entirely sufficient to cause the 
most thorough disintegration from the line of its travel at the bottom of the surface 
of its action, under-cutting both the land-side and the furrow-slice, lifting each, and 
affecting the mass very much as the mole does when traveling beneath the surface 
of the soil, causing a much greater pulverization of the portion of soil above his 
track, than would one hundred surface-plowings turning furrow-slices. This plow, 
when worn out at the point, could be reversed, presenting a new point. 

Although this plow was far superior to the old sub-soil plow, even Avith the wing 
depressed, still it required a large amount of power to force the cast-iron standard 
through the soil ; this difficulty gave rise to the lifting sub-soil plow, now so gen- 
erally passing into use. This is made of steel, and may be understood by Fig. 103. 

The sole of this plow is not unlike a spear placed flat on the ground, pointed 
forward, with its lower side changed in figure so as to be slightly concave. The 
upper side of this plow, from its point, and from each of its sides toward its heel 



QQ C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

and bridge, is a gradual inclined plane, attached to the beam by a scimeter-lock- 
coulter in front and the standard in its rear ; the front standard being made of 
wrought iron and steel. This plow, even when of a large size, may be propelled in 
most soils by a single pair of oxen, and when used as a sub-soil plow, it should al- 
ways be with such a team ; for if horses are used, the whiffletrees will prevent the 
beam from sinking into the bottom of the furrow, as they will rest upon the fur- 
row-slice. When oxen are used, the chain is attached to the draft-rod, and this 
latter difficulty is obviated. 



I 



Fig. 103. 

Now let us compare the disintegrating power of this plow with any surface-plow. 
With the latter we lift a portion of the soil, carry it through the arc of a circle of 
twenty-three inches or thereabouts, and let it down again with but slight disturb- 
ance, and at every foot of travel, we thus lift, when plowing deeply, one hundred 
pounds or more of soil through this long line, and must have the requisite power. 
The lifting sub-soil plow, however, lifts the soil but one inch in height, itself being 
a wedge of but one inch in thickness, but of four or five in width. In thus lifting 
the soil, the resolution of its forces is upward and outward, causing the soil to be 
disintegrated at the surface to a width of twenty-four or more inches, and when 
following in the bottom of the furrow, it not only under-cuts the land-side, adding 
no useless friction on this side, as does the surface-plow, but it elevates it, disinte- 
grating all the way to the surface, and rendering the next surface-plow furrow-slice 
peculiarly easy of disintegration on the furrow side. It elevates the furrow-slice 
itself with the sub-soil beneath it for one inch, and in so doing causes the furrow- 
slice to move, as if au immense serpent or tortoise were beneath it, securing a 
thorough disintegration of the whole. 

When the soil is thus prepared, the roots can readily travel in the sub-soil and 
ramify themselves to greater depths than before. On the removal of the crops, 
these roots, by their decay, deposit both organic and inorganic matter of a pro- 
gressed kind thi'ough the sub-soil, and prepare it gradually for forming part of the 
surface-soil in the course of future cultivation. 

All who have thoroughly sub-soiled their land, have been made aware of the 
following facts, viz. : 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 67 

. That a sub-soiled meadow never runs out. 

That thin seeding, by a greater amount of tillering, will give as large crops as 
thick seeding; without sub-soiling. 

That less manure is required to fertilize sub-soiled land. 

That a larger amount of crops can be produced. 

That no land thoroughly sub-soiled can ever suffer from drouth ; for the atmos- 
phere, in which all moisture must be resident when it is absent from the soil, will 
continually deposit, by condensation, in the cold, well disintegrated sub-soil, suflS- 
cient moisture to supply, by capillary attraction, the wants of the surface-soil. 

It is true that wet soils requiring under-draining as a means of getting rid of 
water, soon settle back to their original hardness after sub-soiling, and therefore 
in such soils the sub-soiling requires to be renewed more frequently than in under- 
drained soils ; but in all soils the cut of the sub-soil plow may be viewed as a par- 
tial underdrain, at least sufficient to secure at times the upper soil from containing 
an excessive amount of water. 

The use of this implement does not end here. "We have known many a worn- 
out pasture to be renev/ed by its use without taking the field out of grass. It may 
be run through with a suitable team to its full depth, at distances of three feet 
apart, so as to elevate the old sod, with eighteen inches of earth beneath it, one 
inch high, rendering the whole soil free, permitting old roots to decay, and new 
ones to establish themselves, and this without turning over the sod, the sub-soil cut 
closing itself behind the plow, as it passes along, but still leaving a free opening for 
atmosphere, moisture, etc. A slight top-dressing in early spring of a field so ma- 
nipulated, will renew the grass ; a slight seeding, if necessary, may occur at the same 
time. By such treatment many fields have been restored so as to give a full bur- 
den of hay without reversing the sod, and carrying the field through the usual 
system of hoe crops, before putting it down again to grass. 

The real object of plowing is not to turn immense masses of soil without disin- 
tegrating them, but rather to change the relative position of every particle of soil • 
the movement of one millionth of an inch of each particle in its relation to sur- 
rounding ones, is just as thorough cultivation as lifting it a foot high and placing 
it back again on the surface. This is attained by the use of a lifting sub-soil plow, 
particularly when used following the surface-plow and propelled by a separate team. 
With the surface-plow, the force of the team is resolved in all directions ; in the 
lifting and turning the furrow-slice, and in useless friction on the land-side ; the 
whole being an endeavor to burst the surface of the globe asunder, in degree pres- 
sing horizontally, and to that extent producing a compression of soil and a useless 
loss of power. Not so with the lifting sub-soil plow ; it is free, and the whole reso- 
lution of force applied is upward and outward, and therefore only requires sufficient 
power to overcome the compactness of the soil and its weight; no part of the force 
being expended in useless horizontal pressure; and although the sub-soil is very 
much harder and more compact than the surface-soil, still no more team is required 
to propel the lifting sub-soil plow through this compact sub-soil, than for surface- 
plowing to an equal depth. 

When the surface-plow is run at a depth of twelve inches, and a sub-soil plow 



68 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

capable of disintegrating to a depth of fifteen inches beneath the bottom of the 
surface-furrow, then we have a total disintegrated depth of twenty-seven inches, 
and those who so practice will find that they have discovered another farm beneath 
that represented on their map. 

A smaller size of this plow, still thinner in the sole and more dart-like in its fig- 
ure, capable of being drawn by one horse or a small mule, is an admirable imple- 
ment for cultivating crops, and will do the work of more than forty men with dig- 
ging forks, spades or hoes. With the corn crop this tool may be run close along- 
side the corn, and to the full depth of ten or twelve inches when the corn is but 
three inches high, and before its roots occupy the space between the rows ; this 
will lift the soil, move every corn plant with the soil, and for so slight a distance 
as not to separate the particles from the roots, yet so completely loosening the mass 
that the plant may be picked up with the fingers. This is mere thorough cultiva- 
tion than could be achieved by one hundred hoeings, leaving the soil in better tilth 
and cutting off no roots. The whole distance between the rows may then be made 
clean by Howe's Horse Hoe, and thus the certain cultivation of the corn be accom- 
plished by these two implements. 

Row crops, such as beets, carrots, parsnips, onions, etc., may be cultivated in 
part by this No. lifting sub-soil plow. When these plants are just out of the 
ground, and when any other implement would cover them with soil, this may be 
run half way between the rows to the depth of ten or twelve inches, lifting and 
disturbing the soil, and moving both rows of plants slightly as it passes along, 
doing the work of more than forty hand-hoes. It is true that it removes no weeds, 
but it leaves the soil in such admirable tilth that a carrot weeder may be passed 
between the rows a few days after; finding the soil in such perfect condition, it 
will shave two inches of the surface, separate every weed and leave it exposed to 
the sun to be wilted. In the cultivation of cabbages, and indeed all other crops 
requiring a thorough disintegration of the soil in the early stages of their growth, 
and before their roots have ramified themselves materially, this little soil-lifter is 
superior to all other implements. After a field has been prepared for a crop, and 
has rested a few days, perhaps slightly settled by a drenching rain, this tool may 
be used for striking out rows previous to planting, leaving the soil in admirable con- 
dition for receiving the seed. 

For the gathering or digging up of many crops, the lifting sub-soil plow answers 
a good purpose. Thus the largest size, standing nineteen inches from the beam to 
the point, may be run alongside of a row of carrots, with the team straddling the 
row and lifting the soil and carrots one inch, thus loosening them so thoroughly 
that they may readily be pulled out by hand, leaving the soil in admirable tilth to 
be improved by culture. 

If the steam plow is ever to succeed for general purposes, we believe it will be 
by adopting in degree the principles of this plow, and not by applying an undue 
amount of power to pressing a furrow-slice, as is often the case with clayey soils 
if plowed when in too moist a state, even with the power of a single team. 



10 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Kg. 104. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 11 



REMARKS ON PLOWING. 

From the complicated structure of the plow, and the manner in which circum- 
stances oblige us to apply the draft to the implement, some misconceptions have 
arisen as to the true operation of the draft, and the proper manner of its applica- 
tion. Too little is understood of the true principles of draft, to enable the plowman 
to attach his team and arrange the clevis so that the plow will do its work prop- 
erly, and with the least force or power. To render this subject intelligible to every 
mind, the following remarks are made in connection with the plate annexed, Fig. 104 

Let b represent the forward end of the beam, and c the centre of resistance on 
the plow, which may be assumed at two inches above the plane of the base of the 
plow, c?f, though it is liable to constant changes, from the depth of the furrows, and 
constant inequalities in the soil. 

We have first to consider the particular form of those parts through which the 
motive power is brought to bear upon the plow. It is evident that the motive force 
acts in a direct line from the hook or ring at the shoulder of the animal, to the 
centre of resistance, and were it not for considerations of convenience, a straight 
bar or beam lying in the direction c b, and attached firmly to the body at c, would 
answer all the purposes of draft perhaps better than the present beam. But the 
draft not being the end in view, but merely the means by which the end is accom- 
plished, the former is made to subserve the latter; and as the beam, if placed in 
the direct line c to b, would obstruct the proper working of the plow, we are con- 
strained to resort to an indirect action to arrive at the desired efi'ect. This indi- 
rect action is accomplished through the medium of an angular frame-work, consisting 
of the beam and. the body of the plow, so strongly connected together as to form 
an unyielding structure. The effect of the motive force applied to the frame-work 
at the point b, and in the line of b to/, produces the same results as if c 6 were 
firmly connected by a bar in the position of the line c to b, or as if that bar alone 
were employed. 

The average length of the trace-chains being 10 feet, including all that inter- 
venes between the clevis of the plow at b, and the horse's shoulders, let that dis- 
tance be set off in the direction of b to/; and the average height at the horse's 
shoulders where the chains are attached, being about 4 feet 2 inches, let the point 
/ be fixed at that height abovethebase line d e. Draw the line from /to c, which 
is the direction of the line of draft acting upon the assumed centre of resistance, c; 
and if the plow be in proper trim it will coincide also with the ring of the clevis ; e 
c/ being the angle of draft, and equal to 20°. It will be readily perceived, that 
with the same length of hames, the angle e c/is invariable; and if the plow has a 
tendency to rise at the heel, or run on the point, under this arrangement, it indi- 
cates that the ring at b is too hiffh in the clevis. Shifting the ring one or more 
holes downward, will bring the plow to work evenly upon the base of the land-side, 
or work flat. 



^2 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

If the plow has a tendency to rise at the point of the share, the ring b is too low^ 
and must be moved by raising it one or more holes in the clevis. If a pair of taller 
horses be harnessed to the plow, the draft chains, depth of furrow, and soil (and, 
by consequence, the point of resistance c,) remaining the same, we should have the 
point/ raised, suppose to/'; by drawing the line/' to c, we have e cf as the angle 
of draft, which will now be 22°, and the ring will be found to be below the line of 
draft/' c; and if the draft chains were applied at fc, in the direction at/' 5, the 
plow would have a tendency to rise at the point of the share, by the action of that law 
of forces which obliges the line of draft to coincide with the line which passes through 
or to the centre of resistance ; hence the ring b would be found to rise to 6', which 
would raise the point of the share out of its proper direction. To rectify this, the ring 
must be raised in the clevis by a space equalling that between b and b\ causing it to 
coincide with the true line of draft, which would again bring the plow to work 
evenly on the base of the land-side, and run flat. 

The foreo-oing principles are substantially such as are adopted by the most expe- 
rienced plowmen, and, if properly applied, will not only do the best work, but ac- 
complish it with the greatest ease to themselves and their team. If the power (or 
team) is not rightly applied, good work cannot easily be done; for if the plow 
inclines in or out of the ground too much, or takes too wide or too narrow a furrow- 
slice, the plowman must exert force to direct it properly, in addition to that required 
to overcome the obstacles and inequalities in the soil, but if the power be rightly 
applied, the plow will move so accurately as not only to perform good work with 
more ease to both plowman and team, but, in soils free from obstruction, even with- 
out being guided. 

To effect a proper horizontal movement, the clevis at & or draft-rod (if one be used 
instead of a clevis) must be adjusted and confined at that point, moving it to the 
right or left, if necessary. This will cause the plow to take the proper width of 
furrow-slice, which, in sod, should be wider or narrower, according to the depth of 
furrow, or rather the thickness of the furrow-slice required ; for as the thickness is 
increased, so also must be the width, in order to turn it easily and perfectly over, 
particularly when the furrow-slices are required to be laid over level and side by 
side. The proportion in ordinary sod should be 6 by 11, 7 by 12, or 8 by 14 
inches. In determining the width of furrow-slice, some regard must be had to the 
strength of the particular sod to be turned ; for the plow will turn over a wider slice 
in a strong or stiff sod, than when running in one more easily broken, or it will 
cripple and double when raised to a perpendicular position, thus only doing the 
work called " cut and cover." When the slices are required to be laid at an angle, 
and lapped each one upon the preceding, the proportion of width should be less, or 
about 6 by 9 and 10, or 7 by 10 and 11 inches; for the narrower the sHce in pro- 
portion to the depth, the greater will be the inclination of the slice as it is lapped 
upon the preceding one. 



C. V. MAPES' ILI.USTRATED CATALOGUE. YC 



THE HARROW. 



We find the agricultural press all engaged in publishing articles on the Harrow ; 
we have them circular, square, triangular, and of every other form, but they all 
contain one principle in common, namely, a conical tooth, point downward. 

Every farmer knows that land may be harrowed until it is rendered so hard that 
it cannot be plowed. If this be true, as a substantial result from excessive harrow- 
ing, then it is true in degree at each application of the harrow ; for the same reason 
that ducks, geese, etc., notwithstanding their bodies are light, can render land too 
compact to remain fertile, the weight of a harrow when resolved upon a cone, 
point downward, will compress and compact the soil. The snuff manufacturers use 
a single harrow tooth for compacting bladders of Scotch snuff, which are nearly 
as hard as a cannon-ball ; at each incision of this tool the snuff is forced downward 
juid outward, and the cavity is immediately filled with new quantities, until event- 
ually the blow of a hammer ceases to dent it. This is but a miniature illustration 
of the effect, of which a harrow is the full-length portrait. Harrows have but one 
use, and that use is not to thoroughly pulverize the soil, as some suppose ; this can 
only be done by cultivators, the teeth of which are an exaggerated representative 
of a harrow tooth, reversed in its position, namely, point upward. The cultivator, 
if properly formed, will pulverize the soil. Its teeth should be flattened out like 
the foot of a duck, with a gradual and not a sudden inclined plane, so that its ac- 
tion in traveling through the soil is upward and outward, like the back of a mole, 
or like the lifting sub-soil plow ; such an implement will indeed pulverize the soil. 
The only use for a harrow is to comb from the surface those things which may lie 
upon it. Weeds already brought up by the cultivator, may be combed off by the 
harrow ; but for such purposes the harrow should be light, not heavy ; its teeth 
indeed may be of wood ; in other words, it may be an enlarged rake ; it should not 
be a heavy framed implement, armed with cones, point downward, so well calcula- 
ted to compact the soil. 

With the above remarks as a caution against the improper use of "the harrow," 
the following are offered as the best for the use of those who choose to continue 
this instrument in their practice. 

This harrow, Fig. 105, is usually made to take a breadth of five feet. It is composed 
of two pieces of frame-work, connected to each other by iron hinges coming together 
like common barn-door hinges, and which, extending across the pieces widthwise, are> 
bolted to each bar, thus greatly strengthening the harrow. The ends of tht- 



Y4 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




bars are secured from splitting 
by iron rivets. The harrow may 
be folded double, or separated 
into two parts, for the conveni- 
ence of transportation or other 
purpose. Either half may be 
lifted for any purpose while the 
implement is in motion ; and the 
easy and independent play of the 
parts up and down upon the 
hinges, enables the instrument to 
adapt itself to the surface of the 
ground in all places, so that wheth - 
er going through hollows, or over 
knolls and ridges, it is always at 
work, and every tooth has an 
operation upon the soil. There 
'/ /. / ■/ ' /, /, ■ .' arethirty teeth in the harrow, and 

Fig. 105. Improved Hinge-Harrow. Two-Horse. yet they stand equi-distant and 

wide apart each way, so that while from their number and arrangement the ground 
is worked fine, they are not liable to clog. This harrow is made heavy or of white 
oak bars three inches square, with teeth three-quarters or seven-eighth inch square, 
to fit it for rough land and the pulverizing of sod furrows. It is made to draw 
either end forward ; and when the teeth become dull by working in one direction, 
the team may be hitched to the other end, and they are sharp again. 

Fig. 106 is of the same 
length and breadth and construc- 
tion as the one represented in the 
preceding cut. But it is made 
quite light, of white ash bars, 2 
to 2 1 inches square, with teeth of 
one-half or five-eighth inch steel. 
It is adapted to the draught of one 
horse, or two small mules. The 
teeth standing a foot apart each 
way, are not liable to clog, and 
yet their number and arrangement 
are such as to work the ground into 
a fine tilth. With this harrow, 
one horse will go over as great 
a breadth of land in a day as 
is usually accomplished by two 
horses. The instrument may bo 
drawn either end forward. 




Fig. 106. Improved Hinge Steel Harrow. One-Horse. 



G. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



75 



The Geddes Harrow is made of 
two pieces of frame-work, joined by 
hinges in the center, so that it adapts 
itself to an uneven surface, and either 
side may be conveniently elevated to 
free it from stones, sods, &c., while 
the barrow is moving along, without 
disturbing the operation of the other 
half; and one part may be folded 
upon the other in passing stones, be- 
tween stumps, fruit-trees, &c. The 
arrangement of the teeth in the 
frame-work is such, that each one op- 
crates distinctly from others, and the 
number of impressions made on the 
soil will be equal to the number of 
teeth, and at equal distances. The 
teeth are made of the best Swedes' 
iron, steel pointed. The harrows are 
of various sizes and weights, contain- 
Fig. 107. The Geddes Harrow, ing 14, 18, 22, 26, and 30 teeth. 

The Expanding and Reversible Harrow is so constructed as to admit of being 
widened or narrowed, to do coarser or finer work, as circumstances may require. 
The two bars on the top of the frame-work are connected with the four under bars 
by the outside teeth, the upper parts of which are rounded and shouldered, with 
nuts and screws on the top, and on which the entire frame swivels or turns in ex- 





Fig. 108. The Expanding and Seversible Harrow. 

panding and contracting, which is simply done by shortening or lengthening the 
chain on the top. Thus the harrow is made any desirable width, and any degree 
of fineness, while the teeth in every position operate independently of each other 



76 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



The harrow is constructed to be drawn either end forward, so as to secure sharp 
teeth, and is folded completely together for transportation. Various sizes, made 
heavier or lighter, are supplied to order. 

tia. I J Tch 




This is a hinge harrow, and may 
be used single or double. It is 
made of several sizes. 



Fig. 109. Scotcli Harrow 




This is also a hinge harrow, very 
strong and heavy, for rough, difficult 
work, and made to order. 



Fig. 110. Triangular Folding, or Chandler's Harrow. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



77 



CULTIVATORS. 



These are of various kinds, but all partaking of the same general principles, 
being intended to be drawn by one horse and to be used between the rows of cul- 
tivated crops, such as corn, potatoes, root-crops, cotton, etc., though it is frequently 
employed to pulverize the ground preparatory to seeding, and for this purpose is 
every, way superior to the harrow as to the result. The force is expended upward 
and outward instead of downward and outward, and therefore renders the soil 
light instead of compact. It is also used for covering the seeds of grain, and in 
such cases is sometimes made larger, to be drawn by two horses or oxen. When 
intended to work between rows of corn, cotton, etc., it is constructed so as to ex- 
pand or contract according to the width between the rows. It stirs the surface of 
the soil most thoroughly, and working as near the plants as may be desired, while 
it can be set so as not to run deep enough to injure the roots of the crop. 

In its various modifications the cultivator exterminates grass and weeds much 
more effectually than the hand-hoe, leaving them on the surface to be wilted by 
the sun, at the same time pulverizing the surface-soil, and rendering it light and 
friable, so as to admit dews, and rains, and atmospheric influences, giving to the 
water in the soil the power to dissolve much larger proportions of the inorganic 
elements of plants, thus promoting the growth and product of the crop while it 
saves hand labor. 

When the wheel is attached, it causes the implement to move steadily and 
at an even depth, facilitating its turning at the end of rows, passing stones, other 
obstructions, etc. 

The more recent and better class of cultivators are those known as Horse-Hoes, 
of which the following are the best kinds : 




Fig. 111. Howe's Improved Expanding Horse-Hoe, 



78 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Fig. Ill represents an improvement recently invented by J. A. Howe, which is 
designed for the hoeing or cultivation of corn, the various root crops, cotton, hops, 
nurseries, and all crops that require a frequent stirring of the soil. It is light, easily 
managed, turns, pulverizes and mixes the surface, and is consequently highly 
destructive to the weeds and grass. The side teeth are miniature single mould- 
board plows, and may be changed from one side of the implement to the other, so 
as to turn the soil from the rows when the plants are small and tender, or toward 
them at a later period, as may be desired ; the broad rear tooth penetrates but two 
or three inches, cutting off the roots of weeds, and sifting the soil through its 
elevated prongs above. The improvement consists in adding parallel expanding 
bars, so that it may be worked as wide or as narrow as is desired. The side teeth 
are also supported by a rod connected with the front part of the hoe, thereby giv- 
ing them permanency, and without any wearing of the socket that holds the tooth 
to the bar. This power of controlling the width of work will enable the cultivator 
to adapt it to any crop where a horse can be used. In light lands that have been 
well plowed the preceding year, it does excellent work without being preceded by 
the plow. It lifts, changes, and pulverizes the soil in a manner that is not effected 
by any other implement. It is made of the best materials, and with proper care 
will last for many years. 




Fig. 112. The Horse Hoe. Knox's Patent. 



Fig. 112 represents Knox's Horse Hoe. It is designed for the hoeing or cultiva- 
tion of corn, the various root crops, cotton, hops, young nurseries, and hoed crops 
generally, is quite light, easily managed, and of very easy draft for one horse or 
mule ; a thorough pulverizer of the surface-soil, and exterminator of weeds and 
grass. The forward tooth is simply a coulter, to keep the implement steady and 
in a straightforward direction ; the two side or middle teeth are miniature plows, 
which may be changed from one side to the other, so as to turn the earth from the 
TOWS at first weeding, when the plants are small and tender, or toward them in 
later cultivation — at the option of the operator ; the broad rear tooth effectually 
disposes of grasses and weeds, cutting off or rooting up all that come in its way, is 
a thorough pulverizer of the surface, sifting the earth and weeds through its iron 
prongs or fingers in the rear, leaving the weeds on tlic surface to wilt and die. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATAO^OGUE. 



19 



and the ground level and mellow. For hoeing carrots, turnips, etc., where the rows 
are narrow, the side teeth are taken out, and the rear tooth with the forward one as 
a director to guide the instrument, hoes and mellows the ground between the rows 
very perfectly. 




Fig. 113. Horse Hoe for Cottou or CaxrotiS. 

Fig. 113 represents Knox's Horse Hoe, adapted to the cultivation of cotton, or 
of carrots, and other root crops. The forward tooth is simply a coulter to balance 
the Hoe and keep it in a straight course. The rear tooth has a broad steel 
share, spreading in all to the width of twenty inches, or ten inches each way from 
the center — the cutting edge being on an easy angle backward and outward from 
the point, adapted to make a clean and easy cut. The tooth has also five prongs 
or fingers on each side, above and back of the steel share, which are of iron, 
formed on a gentle upward curve, so that the soil lifted by the broad share is 
combed or harrowed on the under side by the fingers — the weeds being sifted out 
and left on the surface to wilt and die, and the earth reduced to a mellow tilth. 
A broader or narrower rear tooth may be used on this instrument, according to the 
width of rows of the crop to be hoed. 

Figs. 103, 111, and 113, are invaluable for the use of the market gardener — full 
descriptions of their use may be found in " The Working Farmer" for April and 
May, 1860. 




Fig. 113^. Armsby's Expanding Horse Hoe. 
This implement resembles, in effect, the Howe's Horse Hoe, being expanding. 



80 



C. V. MAPKS ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



and differs only in the form of the side teeth, which are easily changed from right 
to left, and may be nsed profitably in the flat cultivation of cotton, corn, tobacco, 
and many other crops. This machine is lighter than Howe's, and may sometimes 
be substituted for it with profit. The form of the outside disintegrators may be 
seen in the eno-ravino;. 







Fig. 114. Common Expanding Cultivator. 

This is a low-priced instrument, when it is sold with cast iron teeth, though dif- 
ferent teeth, hereafter described, and made of part or all steel, may be used. 




Fig 115 Expanding and Reversible-Tooth Cultivator. 

This is a highly approved cultivator. The points or shares of the teeth are made 
of steel or cast iron, and are fastened to the shank or standard by bolts or nuts, so 
that either kind of shares may be used on the same standard, cheaply replaced 
when worn, and one substituted for the other. The shares being also reversible, 
arc thereby very enduring, as, when one end is too much worn to be effective, they 
may be changed to the other end down, and a double amount of service obtained. 

The tooth represented at the left, in the Fig., of teeth detached, is made of all 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 



81 



Steel, and known as " Roger's Patent," and may be used, but requires a different- 
formed mortise ; the center tooth is cast iron, and fits the same mortise as the 
steel-pointed reversible tooth above described. The various teeth are furnished 
separately. 




Fig. 116. Universal Cultivator. 

Fig. 116 represents the Universal Cultivator, recently invented by the manufac- 
turers. It is made long and all of iron except the center beam and handles ; the 
side beams, of wrought iron, are so curved, that as they are expanded or contracted, 
each tooth, by loosening the iron key which confines it in its place, may be moved 
forward or back to a point that will again cause it to work parallel with the center 
beam, and at proper distance from the others. To the beams are fitted several sets 
of diff"erent-formed teeth and scarifiers, of wrought and cast iron, and one or more 
sets are supplied to order. 

There is also one pair of teeth calculated to work in the rear, represented by the 
Figure, which may be used instead of the common teeth ; they are in form like 
small plows, turning the furrows in opposite directions, and fitting alike both side 
beams ; they may be placed to turn the furrows to or from the center, or rows of 
vegetables. If the forward teeth are used at the same time, they finely pulverize 
the soil, and if the plows are set to turn inwardly, a beautiful light bed is formed 
in which to plant any kind of seed. The farmer or planter using this cultivator 




Fig. 117. Parallel Expanding Cultivator. Three Teeth. 



82 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



can have any form of wrought teeth he may desire, attached to the frame, by his 
blacksmith, as the manner of fitting them to the beams is very simple and easy. 
Fig. 11 V Parallel Expanding Cultivator, the teeth stand in the same relative posi- 
tion to the line of draft, whether the frame be expanded or contracted, and al- 
ways work in a direct line forward. Both steel and cast iron shares are made to 
fit the teeth. These shares being fastened to the upright standard by bolts and 
nuts, may be shifted to use steel or iron ones at pleasure, or new ones may be sub- 
stituted for those worn out, — an economical arrangement, as this part of the tooth 
is subject to the greatest wear, and is used up long before the remaining portion 
begins to fail. The teeth have high standards, which elevates the frame-work so 
far from the ground as to prevent the instrument from clogging with sods, &c. 




Fig. 118. Parallel Expanding Cultivator. Five Teeth. 
This cultivator is of construction similar to the preceding one, except that the 
frame is made longer and wider, so as to receive five teeth, and take a greater 
breadth of surface in working. It is rigged with teeth either like those in the 
three-tooth cultivator, Fig. 11 7, or with the reversible teeth, as represented in 
Fiff. 118. 




Fig. 119. Knox's Patent Gang Cultivator. 
This is a combination of the Horse Hoe and Gang Plow. The beam, to which 
the team and the handles are attached, is placed in the line of draft of the 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



83 



instrument, and has the coulter or curved tooth of the Horse Hoe forward, and a 
tooth with a double share in the rear, for the purpose of balancing the cultivator. 
Another beam, placed diagonally to the draft, or to the first-named beam, con- 
tains a row of small steel plows, each cutting and covering a breadth of earth of 
about seven inches, inverting and pulverizing the soil to the depth of one, two, 
three, or four inches, as may be desired, and raising a fine tilth. The instrument 
is perfectly balanced, so as to run straightly and steadily, and is easily managed in 
passing trees and stumps, and over rocks or large stones. For covering grain, or 
for preparing the surface soil for crops of any kind, and covering compost manure, 
it is preferable to the harrow. The Gang Cultivator, when designed for one 
horse, is constructed with four small plows, and carries a breadth of work of two 
and a half to thi-ee feet ; and for two horses, it is made with six teeth, and a cor- 
responding increase in length of beams, and carries one-third more breadtl of 
work. 




Fig. 120, Cotton Sweep. 

Fig. 120 represents an implement much approved for the cultivation of cotton, 
in sections where it has been introduced. There arc two sizes. 

The forward or triangular share or sweep works the ground 14 or 18 incites 
wide ; the next succeeding teeth are made of flat bars of iron, with the forward 
edge sharpened and turned inward at the bottom, and level with the share or 
.sweep in such a manner as to cut to the point marked by the sweep, thus makino- 




Fig, 121. Steel Mould Cotton Sweep. 



84 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



a clean cut of 24 to 32 inches, more or less deep; and the small pointed harrow 
teeth follow and more perfectly pulverize the soil, and work the weeds to the top 
in such a condition that they are killed by the sun. The implement is readily 
expanded and contracted at pleasure. 

Fio-. 121 is made of steel and at small cost ; its lightness and peculiar 
adaptability render it popular in many parts of the country. 

Fig. 122 represents an improved 
Cotton Scraper, the importance of 
which every cotton-planter under- 
stands, and appreciates its advan- 
tages for the first working of the 
cotton. 

The implement as here shown 

possesses important improvements, 

Fig. 122. Cotton Scraper. suggested by George W. Sizer, Esq., 

of New Orleans, and by whom it has been introduced to a large number of planters, 

who have expressed their entire satisfaction and given liberal orders. The Scraper 

is made either of wrought or cast iron, and is strong, durable, and very cheap. 





Fig. 123. Cotton Harrow. 
Fig. 123 represents the new Cotton Harrow, recently improved by G-eorge W. 
Sizer, Esq., of New Orleans. It is very effective in destroying weeds and pulveriz- 
ing the soil between rows of cotton. The teeth are very strong, and so shaped and 
set as to avoid the liability of clogging or of becoming loaded with earth. 




Fig. 123^. The Hand Cultivator. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



85 



Fig 123|- represents the Hand Cultivator, which is made entirely of iron, except- 
ing the handle, and expands from 10 to 18 inches. It is a very useful implement 
in garden culture, and is often used in fields, among rows of carrots, beets, onions, 
etc., where there is not sufficient width to use a horse. 

We cannot but advise our customers to put their rows wider apart, and use the 
small lifting Sub-soil Plow and Carrot Weeder with a horse instead of the above 
implement — it may be used, however, in small gardens, where it is nearly or quite 
equal to a scuffle hoe. 




Fig. 124. Shovel Plow. 

This implement is used in the South and West in cultivating corn and potatoes- 
the mould-board is of steel. 




Fig. 124X. Hand Plow. 

This implement is very useful in small gardens and for the hand cultivation, 
when preferred, for onions and other row crops. The implement is fully described 
by the engraving. 



c. V. MA pes' illustrated cat^vlogue. 




Fig. 125. Potato Digger. 
The above cut represents one of the forms of the Potato Digger, of ■which we 
have several, all embracing the same principles, with formal differences, but substan- 
tially alike in their effects and mode of operation. They are worked by a team 
straddling the potato row, the point entering the end of the row beneath the pota- 
toes, raising them with the dirt up the front inclined plane, which is gradual, the 
earth falling through between the rods or bars, and the potatoes rolling off on either 
side free from soil. 

Potato Planters and Coverers. 

Of these there are a variety of patterns. But since the improved method by flat 
cultivation, the use of the Double Mould-board Plow assisted by the soil-lifter, to 
make and open furrows for planting, and the V of plank with the open end moved 
forward for covering, is quite equal to any of the implements now in use for these 
purposes. The rear of the V coverer may be rendered expansible so as to be left 
partially opened if required. 



Fie. 126. Mupes and Gibbs' Digging Machine. 



C, V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. SY 

Fig. 126 is intended to produce the same results upon soils as spading or forking, 
and to a much greater depth, and without reversing the position of the soil ; such 
as would be the result of well sub-soiled land, forked at the surface. With this 
machine nine acres may be dug and thoroughly disintegrated to the depth of 
twelve inches, in the same time and with the same team which would plow four 
acres eight inches deep. The sub-soil lifter disintegrates from the depth of its 
line of travel upward and outward to a width of twenty-four or more inches 
at the surface, while the digger appended to it pulverizes and thoroughly mixes the 
immediate surface to a depth of five or more inches, thus rendering it peculiarly 
adaptable to the mixture of manures in the surface-soil. It requires no attendant 
at the handles, but maintains its position, fitting itself to the sinuosities of the sur- 
face of the ground. When either of the spades strikes a stone which is too large 
to slip, the machine is lifted over such stone, and the next spade entering the 
ground beyond it throws it out at the rear. 

Weeds may be thrown on the machine by armsful, upon its top and among its 
parts while in motion, without impeding its progress. Its tendencies being all out- 
ward, it cleanses itself thoroughly at every revolution. 

In sod ground it is ineffectual, as it merely tears the sod finely apart, replanting 
the parts and permitting future growth. 

Three sizes are now completed. They all disturb the soil to the same depth, the 
only variation being in the proportion of the top soil, which may be reversed or 
mixed. 

For disintegrating corn or grain stubbles it has no equal, leaving the ground in 
better tilth than with twenty surface plowings. In putting land down to grass or 
grain, the operation is quite perfect, it answering all the purposes of surface and 
sub-soil plow, clod-crusher, harrow, and roller, leaving the surface in fine garden 
tilth and perfectly level — all of which is attained at a single operation. 



88 



C. V. MAPES' ILLTJSTEATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig 127. Crosskill's Clod Cruslier. 

Many attempts have been made to manufacture this implement in this country, 
but generally the makers have been guided by wood-cuts found in English Cata- 
logues, and from which the true construction of the implement could not be gath- 
ered. If the object were to crush clods alone, then on a rough soil a smooth roller 
would answer the purpose ; but the clod-crusher, as it is called, compacts the imme- 
diate surface, after seeding the grain, without compacting the lower soil. 

It is made like an ordinary roller, in sections, with the following differences : 
Each section is but three inches wide, and they are kept from touching each other 
by a washer on the main shaft ; each alternate section has an opening or hole in 
the centre fitting the shaft, while those between are of increased diameter, and have 
openings an inch larger than the shaft; these latter revolve eccentrically, instead of 
concentrically, as compared with the former, and any lumps or clods received be- 
tween the rollers are sure to be rubbed to pieces, for the rollers are not only 
toothed on their face but at their sides. It may be called a pulverizer and surface 
presser Avith propriety. 

In England, it is claimed that by its use larger crops of wheat are obtained ; 
that the rufiied edges of these wheels compress the earth in vertical masses toward 
the seed, and at the same time divide all lumps so as to prepare the soil for the free 
circulation of the atmosphere, as well as compressing it in vertical portions against 
the seed. 

The English also claim the propriety of its use in rolling grain as soon as sown, 
upon high lands ; also upon strong lands that are cloddy. 

Rolling wheats upon light lands in the spring, after frosts and winds have left the 
plants bare. Stopping the ravages of the wire worm and grub. 

Crushing clods after turnip ci'ops to sow barley. 

Rolling barley, oats, etc., when the plants are three inches out of the ground, 
before sowing clover, etc. Rolling grass lands and moss lands after compost. 

They may be had of any required length. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



89 



FIELD ROLLERS. 



Among the advantages attained by the use of the Field Roller, are the following ; 
it levels and smooths plowed land, when being sowed dovFU to grass, and unlike 
the Crosskill, forces the sods and lumps into the soft ground without pulverizing 
them, and in this particular is its inferior ; indeed its only superiority or use ou 
plowed ground is to produce a dead level surface, such as is required for lawns, to 
render their after treatment or frequent mowing more easy, and to mend surfaces 
that have been hove by the frost. The roller, however, is beneficial when applied 
to very light soils, known as blowing sand, for when thus compacted in the fall 
they are rendered more valuable for spring use. For all other purposes the Cross- 
kill is entirely superior to the field roller. 

In road-making the roller is sometimes used with advantage. When made in 
sections, like the following, it can be turned very suddenly, for while the advancing 
sections roll forward, those at the opposite end roll backward, enabling the turn- 
ing to occur within its own length. 

Field Rollers are made of wood or 



Fig. 128 represents a wooden field 
iX roller, made in two sections of about 
2^ feet long, and larger in diameter 
£ than those made of iron. 




Those of iron are more durable, 
and not subject to decay like those 
of wood, and are made of the fol- 
lowing sizes, viz. : 



Fig, 128. Wooden Field Koller, 

3 Sections, each 12 inches long, by 20 inches in diameter. 



4 


u 




12 






" 20 


5 


(( 




12 






" 20 


4 


<( 




12 






" 30 


5 


u 




12 






" 30 


6 


u 




12 






" 30 


and other sizes 


given in 


our 


price 


list. 





90 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 129. Iron Field KoUer. 

Fig. 129 represents the iron field roller. It is a very strong, durable instrument, 
being constructed wholly of iron, excepting the tongue and box, which are of 
wood. It is made in sections, each one foot long, and embracing any number from 
three to six, as may be desired. The sections are placed on a wrought iron arbor 
or axletree, on which they each revolve independently, so that in turning the roller 
at the ends of the field, the ground is not left uneven. If not more than four sec- 
tions are required, thills or shafts may be substituted for the tongue, and the im- 
plement may be easily drawn by one horse ; or both tongue and shafts may be had. 
and one or two horses used, as occasion 
may require. The box is attached to 
receive stones, &c., picked up on the 
field rolled, and for giving extra weight 
to the roller when the same may be 
needed. For distant transportation, the 
iron sections, and standards to which the 
wood-work is attached, are furnished to 
order, either with or without wrought iron 
arbor, by weight, and the wood parts 
can be furnished and attached by any 
wheelwright or carpenter. 

Fig. 1.30 represents an iron Garden 

Roller. The cylinder is cast in parts, 

15, 20, 24, and 28 inches in diameter, 

and H to 20 inches long. To the arbor 

is attached, inside of the cast cylinder, 

a counter balance, which adds weight to 

the instrument, and causes the handle to 

stand perpendicular when not in use. 

Fig. 130. Garden Eoller. 




C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



01 



SEED SOWERS. 



The importance of proper implements for this purpose should not be under- 
valued. When we consider the great labor of sowing seeds in drills by hand, 
together with the unsatisfactory result or irregularity in line and in depth, the 
Seed-Sower is, indeed, a time and labor saving machine. Its economy is not 
dependent upon these alone ; for, as every seed would be planted at the proper 
depth and in the proper place, less seed is required than for hand sowing, while 
the labor and expense of their after-culture is materially lessened. 

The sowers here described claim to be sure and accurate in distributing the 
various kinds of seeds. Printed directions for using accompany each machine. 

In structure Fig.131 issiniple, compact, 
strong, durable, portable, and perfectly 
efficient. It adapts itself to every form 
and size of seed, makes its own drill, 
distributes with perfect evenness, screens 
the seed from dispersion by the wind 
and clogging by the rain, covers prompt- 
ly, and gently presses down to secure 
that close contact of soil essential to 
quick germination. The perfect pre- 
cision and certainty of every part of 
the process, enables the cultivator to 
sow his land in exactly the variety and 
proportions of crop he wishes, without 
the excess or deficiency of a seed ; and 
secures a uniformity throughout alike 
beautiful to the eye and auspicious to the harvest. 

There are eight reeds furnished with each machine, gauged respectively for dif- 
ferent seeds, according to the following table, with driver and screws for inter- 
changing. It must be observed, however, that the table is graduated to the average 
sizo of each species of seed, and extreme cases may sometimes require the variation 
of a number in the reed : 

Corn, beans, and marrowfat peas. 

Beets, early peas, and white field beans. 

Parsnips. 

Onions, asparagus, and leeks. 




Fig. 131. The Wethersfield Seed Sower. 



No. 1. 
No. 2. 
No. 3. 
No. 4. 



92 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



No. 5. Radish, peppers, and mustard. 
No. 6. Sage, carrot, cabbage, cauliflower, broccoli, spinach. 
No. 7. Pepper-grass, lettuce, summer savory. 
No. 8. Turnips, celery, parsley. 
The patentee begs leave to guard against disappointment, by suggesting a few 
cautions in the use of this utensil. It is very important that the soil be well pre- 
pared, level, pulverized, and dry enough not to pack upon the wheel. Of course, 
a judicious seedsman will select a favorable time for every thing to work well. 
Thp instrument is well guarded against ary sudden interruption by the weather^ 
and the hopper perfectly excludes wind and rain from the seed within it. 

Carefully used, the sower operates with such uniformity that the quantity of seed 
required for any given area, can be accurately ascertained from the proportion 
taken by any aliquot part. 

This is a small hand-drill, designed for 
the garden. It is a cheap, light sower, 
well adapted to the wants of those who 
cultivate root and vegetable crops on a 
limited scale, and will sow all such crops, 
excepting peas and beans. It opens the 
ground, sows the seed, covers and rolls it 
at one operation or passing. 

Seed Sower No. 1^ is adapted to gar- 
den or field sowing, is a size larger than 
No. 0, and is designed for sowing the 
same kinds of seeds. The cylinder and 
brush within the hopper go by gearing, 
and thus are always sure to operate. 



Fig. 133. Seed Sower No. 1. 





Fig. 134. Seed Sower No. 2. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



93 



Seed Sower No. 2 combines several important improvements upon the English 
Drill, particularly in those additions which fit it for sowing large seeds. The 
brush and cylinder of No. 2, which distributes the seeds, go by graduated rows of 
iron cogs or gearings, which operate simply and uniformly, are durable, not likely 
to get out of order, and by which the speed of the dropping may be increased or 
lessened, large or small seeds sown, in all their varieties, at any desirable distances, 
in hills or drills, and the several necessary changes for the purpose are made with 
ease and expedition. The brush is used for small seeds, as turnips, carrots, etc., 
and the cylinder for corn, peas, beans, etc. Six tins, with different sized holes 
through them, accompany each machine, to be used in connection with the brush, 
as circumstances may require. 




Fig, 135. Seed Sower No. 3. 

Fig. 135 is substantially like Sower No. 2, is adapted to hand or horse 
power; to sowing seeds continuously in drills, or planting them in hills. By 
change of cylinders, it sows or plants large or small seeds. The gearings for the 
purpose of producing a rapid or slow motion, in order to adapt the machine to 
different kinds of seed, are simple yet excellent. They are made of iron, are dur- 
able, and work with regularity and precision. 

Fig. 136. One great advantage in this sower is the ease with which the hopper 
which contains the seed may be taken off and the seed changed. To do this, no- 
thing is required but to move a hasp, when the hopper may be taken off and the 
brush removed. 

In this machine we have the advantage of an adjustable plow, by its being hinged 
to the arbor of the driving-wheel forward, and holding the roller in the rear of the 
plow by the same arms, thereby giving a uniform depth to the seed independent of 
the operatot. There is also attached to the plow an iron rod, which passes through 
the cross-bar of the handles, by which the operator is enabled, by dropping the 
handles, to raise the plow, and at the same time the seed is cut off, and the whole 
thing is thrown upon the forward wheel; then the machine maybe run from one row 
to another, or from field to field, in the easiest manner possible. The plow is self- 
covering. The whole machine is light, the spokes of the wheel being wood and 
the rim iron, but broad and thin. When in motion, the plow, hopper, and roller 
are independent of the handles, so that the machine is as properly adapted to one 
person as another, whether he be short or tall. 



94 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 





Fig. 137. Billing's Improved Planter and Fertil. 
izer. 



Fig. 136. Howe's Eagle Seed Sower. 

This machine, Fig. 137, is made to be 
drawn by one horse or mule, and for plant- 
ing cotton, corn, broom corn, beans, etc., 
and dropping a fertilizer with the seed. 
It is of durable and simple construction, 
not liable to get out of order, so that any 
person of ordinary tact can at once un- 
derstand and manage it ; and is adapted 
to work with certain and good effect on 
stony and sward land, as well as on mel- 
low intervale or other smooth land. The hopper above the beams is made with 
two apartments, one for the seed and the other for the fertilizer. By a very sim- 
ple but sure and unerring arrangement of the working parts of the machine, it may 
be gauged to drop any desired quantity of seed, and of fertilizer with it, at any dis- 
tance apart, in hills or in drills, of equal depth — the seed being dropped in the fur- 
row opened by the share below, falling through the rear or hollow standard of the 
share to the bottom of the furrow, and the fertilizer at the same instant being drop- 
ped through the same hollow standard and deposited with the seed; the curved 
iron blades, directly in rear of the share, cover the seed and fertilizer to the 
desired and a uniform depth ; and the broad wheel, by which the machine is moved, 
rolls or presses the soil down upon the seed much more uniformly than is ever done 
by the hand hoe. Thus, with this machine, the operator is not only enabled to 
plant his seeds rapidly, at any desired distance and depth, but also at the same time 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



96 



to cheaply and expeditiously deposit any fertilizer with the seed — as superphos- 
phate of lime, bone dust, plaster, etc. — for promoting a quick germination and rapid 
growth of crop. 




Fig. 138. Cahoon's Patent Hand Broadcast Sower, for Seeds and rertxlizers. 




Jt;g 1!59. 



96 



C. V. MAPES ILLTJSTBATED CATALOGUE. 



Figure, 138. is intended for sowing wheat, oats, hemp, barley, rye, buckwheat, 
grass seed, fertilizers, etc., made in a substantial and durable manner. It saves four- 
fifths of the labor and time — enables any one, with a little experience, to sow with 
regularity — and in consequence of the evenness with which it distributes the seed, 
causes a saving of from one quarter to one-third of the grain ordinarily required. 
Farmers who have used this machine for two seasons, say that they would not be 
without one for three times its cost. 

The best crop of wheat raised in the State of Illinois, and which took the first 
premium at the Illinois State Fair for 1859, was sown with this machine. This 
machine, at a common walking gait, distributes by centrifugal force over the sur- 
face of four to eight acres per hour. Full directions for use furnished with the 
machine. 

Fig. 139 may be attached to a wagon or cart, and at the ordinary walking gait 
of a horse, will sow from ten to fifteen acres per hour. It is particularly well cal- 
culated for the distribution of superphosphates, Peruvian guano, plaster, ashes, 
salt, lime, liquid manures, etc. Motion is given to the machine by a belt chain 
moved by the wagon wheel, as represented in the engraving. 

This little hand Sower is of so simple 
construction, that any person of ordinary 
tact can at once operate it perfectly, sow- 
ing any desirable quantity of seed to the 
acre, and distributing the seed very much 
more evenly and rapidly than it is possible 
to do by hand in the common way. In 
early spring, when one's land is all pre- 
pared and waiting for grass-seeds, it often 
happens that more or less wind will rise 
with the sun, and so interfere with the proper broadcast sowing of seeds, that the 
work, to be done well, must be done at early dawn or in the evening, perhaps 
causing considerable delay and inconvenience ; but by using this Sower, and car- 
rying it low on the body, the seed may be put on the ground quite evenly, though 
there be a moderate wind, as the seed will reach the ground so directly as not to 
be diverted much, if any, from its proper resting-place. The seeding of land to 
grass can be done with so much dispatch with this machine, that one Sower may 
serve a neighborhood of five or six farmers. 




Fig. 140. Wells' Grass-Seed Sower. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



97 




Fig. 140| represents « The 
Hand Corn Planter." Of these 
we have many patterns and 
kinds. 



Fig. 140>!r. 




Fig. 141. Horse Grain Drill. 



Fig. 141 represents the Horse Grain Drill, for drilling the varions kinds of grain 
There are several modifications of the Grain Drill, varying in price, and which can 
be furnished to order. A man and team, with the Horse Drill can sow from 10 
to 12 acres per day. Drills furnished with Fertilizer attachments if desired. 



98 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



HAYINa AID HARVESTING TOOLS. 




A large assortment oi 
Scythes, selected irom 
the most celebrated mak- 
ers throughout the coun- 
try, for which the pro- 
prietors are agents, fur- 
nishing them at manufac- 
turers' prices. 



Fig. 142. Grass, Lawn, Grain, and Bramble or Bush Scythes, of Cast, 
Shear, and German Steel. 



H. Waters' Patent Scythe. 

This scythe excels all others yet manufactured. Before the invention of Mr. 
Waters, scythes were made of German steel, running in on the web, and no steel 
on the back, and many of those stamped "cast steel" are of the kind noted above. 
For the purpose of making a sightly scythe, the web is lined from one side of the 
back so as to present a broad polished surface, and in so doing the grinding of the 
two sides of the scythe or web, are unlike each other, the one being flat and the 
other beveled, leaving the steel nearly on one side, and thus of a figure not calcu- 
lated to stand the blows of salt grass, accidental interferences, etc. 

Not so with the Waters scythe. This is rolled by machinery, and differs essen- 
tially, in its construction, from all scythes which have preceded it. The web is 
precisely in the middle of the back, and both edges are ground to the same bevel ; 
the web is thin and of regular thickness, with steel of the best quality in its 
center. 



C. Y. M apes' illustrated CATALOGUE. 



99 



In the early part of the process the scythe is made straight, like a sword ; the 
edge is then crimped, causing the whole to bend, and, being held in this position, 
the crimp is forced into a solid, while the back is clamped in a die ; the particles 
are pressed and thus forced forward, rendering the edge of that peculiar quality so 
essential to cutting grass easily, wherein a scythe should differ from a razor, for 
with a smooth edge, however keen, it will not cut ; nor can an edge otherwise 
made than by the plan of Mr. Waters, so well retain its cutting power. The steel 
being in the center of the plate or web of the scythe, having on each side an equal 
thickness of iron, as the web is thinned the steel is also thinned, and when ground 
on both sides equally, the steel must, of necessity, occupy the edge. The webs are 
wide in the bosom of the scythe, toward the point, and the backs there are quite 
low, therefore they should not be ground on too small a stone and the necessary 
thickness of the edge will be fully maintained. When new they may be obtuse, 
and as they become nari'ower by wear, they may be ground to a more acute edge. 
The peculiar construction and art of producing this edge, renders this scythe pre- 
ferable to all others for the mowing of salt and other silicious coated grasses, main- 
taining their edge far better than any other scythe. 

In the tempering, Mr. Waters has introduced a novel and exact method. The 
scythe being moved automat^lly must receive the same degree of heat, in the 
same time, in all its parts, and when the precise temper has once been obtained in 
a single scythe, all others must be exactly like it ; producing uniformity in quality 
and temper. No such evenness has ever been obtained by any other method. 

We would call the attention of the trade particularly to this scythe, for which 
we have the exclusive agency at New York. 

Hay Forks. 

Premium Cast Steel Elastic Forks. 



The proprietor is agent for Batcheller & Son's 
celebrated elastic oval-tine hay and other forks, 
and is now prepared to supply the trade at manu- 
facturers' prices. 

Partridge's Premium Cast Steel Elastic Hay 
Forks ; also a full assortment of forks from other 
makers. 




fig. 143. Hay Forks. 



100 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 144. Scythe Snath. 
A great variety of improved Snaths, patent and others, constantly on hand ; these 
include the various plans for fastening,bush snaths, etc. 



Grain Cradles. 




Fig. 145 represents Grant's Patent Grain 
Cradle. This is made of the best vi'hite ash 
timber, with wood or wire braces. The heel 
of the snath is bent forward in order to get 
the whole cut of the scythe, and the fingers 
are set back of the scythe, to make them 
work equally easy in large or small grain. 
The cradle is easily taken apart to pack and 
ship to any mstance ; and only a hammer is 
required to put it together again. It is 
made with four or five fingers, and the pa- 
tent nib. 



Fig. 146 is a superior article, and from the 
peculiar form of its snath, is preferred by many. 



Fig. 146. Grapevine Cradle. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



101 




Wilcox's Grain Cradle is well known 
in the South, and has been long in use. 
The fingers are adjusted by screws, in the 
most simple manner. It is made of the 
best white ash timber. It is taken apart 
to pack for transportation, and put to- 
gether with the greatest facility. 



Fig. 147. Wilcox's Grain Cradle. 



Also a variety of Cradles, made by Blanchard and others. 




Fig. 148. Clowes' Patent Straw and Barley Fork. 

Clowes' Patent Straw and Barley Fork, with malleable iron head and wood or 
steel tines, fastened in the head independent of each other, so that if one is acci- 
dentally broken it may be easily replaced. 

Fig. 149 represents a Grindstone in 
full rig, hung on rollers, and turned by 
a crank on one side and a treadle on the 
other. The treadle arrangement is de- 
signed more particularly for mechanics, 
for the sharpening of small tools without 
the aid of a second person to turn, the 
grinder operating the stone by his foot 
-i upon the treadle. The fixtures are very 
durable, and save much friction and 
[labor in turning the stone. Stones vari- 
:ously hung, of various sizes and prices, 
and Qf the best quality, are sold by the 

proprietor. 
Fig. 149. Grindstone, Mounted. ^ ^ 




102 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTBATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 150. Grindstone Fixtures. 



Fig. 150 represents a Grindstone Ar- 
bor, Crank, Rollers and Roller Covers. 
To the arbor is attached a fixed and 
loose flange ; the stone is placed against 
the fixed flange and held firmly between 
the two by a large screw nut, which 
works on a screw cut round the arbor, 
forcing the stone and loose flange against 



the tight one. In this way the stone is not liable to get out of place, and the lia- 
bility to split, by the force of wedges used to confine the stone hung on the com- 
mon arbor, is entirely avoided. There are four diflferent sizes and lengths, adapted 
to the use of both the mechanic and farmer. 








Fig. 161. Scythe Eifles. Fig. 153. Scythe Stones. 

Fig. 151 represents the most approved forms of Scythe Rifles, of which we have 
a large variety. 

Fig. 152. The first in the cut represents the English Talacre, which took the 
first premium at the World's Fair. It is a very superior stone, having a coarse, 
soft, sharp grit. The others represent the stones quarried in this country, of which 
we have a full assortment. 

Fig. 153. This imple- 
ment is now in extensive 
use,and to be appreciated 
needs only to be used. It 
is not exaggerating to say 
that a man, boy, and 
horse will perform in the 
most perfect manner, 
Fig. 153. Revolving Horse Hay Eake. ^ith this implement, as 

much work as from eight to ten men with common hand rakes. 

Fig. 154 represents 
a Wire Spring-Tooth 
Horse Rake, a desir- 
able kind for new, 
rough grounds, where 
it has some advant- 
^ages over those with 
wooden teeth. This 
rake requires more 
strength to be applied 
by the holder, ana 
does not leave the hay 





Fig. 164. Wire Spring-Tooth Horse Eake. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



103 



in a condition so free from dust, etc., as other kinds ; but by some farmers, in par- 
ticular locations, it is prefered to any other rake. 




Fig. 155. Whitcomb's Patent Metallic Spring-Tooth. Horse Hay Rake. 

The above rake is intended for hay raking and gleaning grain-fields. As a 
gleaner after the cradle it will soon pay its cost. 

By means of several holes in the arms the rake-head may be elevated so that 
the teeth will pass lightly over the surface of the ground. 

Having been thoroughly tested for hay raking in all kinds of grasses, it is offered 
with confidence, may be readily operated by a lad, and is very simple in its con- 
struction, and will rake 20 acres per day. 

The Rake. Head is attached in such a manner as to act as a partial counterpoise,! 
and assist in elevating the teeth as the hay is discharged, and also serves to prevent 
the casual rising of the teeth from the ground, at the same time allowing them to 
conform to the irregularities of the ground ; this, with the elasticity of the teeth, 
enables it to pass over stones and other obstacles. Horse Rakes, with metallic 
spring teeth, without tvheels, have been long in use, and have answered a good pur- 
pose ; but to use them is hard work, and they plow into light jmrous ground, as 
the weight rests upon the teeth, and collect dirt, dust, and stones. But the Whit- 
comb Rake passes lightly over and places the hay in winrows, without comiyressing, 
like the Revolver — in good condition for curing and pitching ; it works equally 
well in rough, uneven, as on smooth ground. • 

This Rake, Delano's, Fig. 156, is usually fitted to the hind wheels of a single-horse 
wagon. Each tooth acts separately, its head being suspended by a rod. The operator 
cleans the rake, when filled with hay, by pressing with his foot upon the triangle, 
without stopping the horse. The instrument operates well on land either rough or 



104 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 156. Delano's Independent Horse Bake. 



smooth, and lightly for both man or beast, and requires but one person to work it, 

who can ride comfortably while at work. 

A variety of other rakes on wheels will be found in our assortment, of which the 

above are some of the best types. 

Fig. 12Y is a hand rake, 
with a broad light head, 
six feet long, and is used 
in raking after the cart, 
etc. It is light, is drawn 
behind the operator, and 
takes a widef sweep. 

Fig. 157. Broad Hand Bake. 

Hand Hay Rakes, from many 
diflferent makers, of various qual- 
ities and sizes, two and three 
bowed, and made of the best 
white ash. 

Fig. 158. Hand Hay Rakes. 





C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



105 




Fig. 159. Hay and Grain Protectors. 

The Hay Protectors, Fig. 159, are made from cloth expressly prepared for the pur- 
pose, whereby they are rendered unsusceptible to mildew and better adapted to with- 
stand the rain. Superior hard-wood skewers, neatly manufactured, and used for 
the purpose of securing the caps to the hay, furnished if desired. 

There can be no doubt of the practical utility of Hay Caps, and no farmer can 
afford to be without them ; they secure to the hay both brightness and sweetness, 
and can be used to equal advantage in protecting grain. 
7 



IOC 



C. V. SIAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Mowing Machines and Reapers. 



Of these we have all the approved kinds, both for one and two horses. The use- 
fulness of these machines is too well known to require comment, and they have 
justly become a source of national pride, those of American invention being used 
in all countries. 

The following cuts represent some of the best machines. 




Fig. 160. Buckeye Mower. 

Fig. 160. Buckeye Mowing Machine. This machine is so constructed that the 
knife, or cutting-bar, may be folded up, so that when the machine is on the road 
or moving from place to place, the cutting-bar is not subject to accident. It is 
furnished of three sizes, as follows, viz.: 

Buckeye Mower, - - 4 feet 8 inches length of bar. 

Do. do Junior, 4 " " " " 

Little Buckeye, - - - 3^ " " " " 

See Price List, page 12. 

Ketchum's Improved, Mower, Fig. 162, can be furnished with either or all the 
following lengths of cutting-bars, so that it may be used for one or two horses : — 



C. V. MAPES' TT-LUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



101 




Fig. 162. Ketchum's Patent Improved Mowing Machine. 



One-horse Mowing Machine, Si feet bar, weight 4o0 lbs. 

Light two-horse " 4 " " " 475 " 

" '« " 4i " " « 480 " 

Heavy " " 4 " " " 630 " 

" " " 4 ft. Sin." " 650 " 

See Price List, page 12. 



108 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




The cutting-bar for the above is 5 feet long. See Price List, page 12, 



C. V. ]\IAPE8 ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



109 




The above machine is of two sizes, as per our price list, with cutting-bars 5 and 
r>i feet long. See Price List, page 12. 



no 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




^ 



bo 



This Machine is of two sizes. 

One-horse machine, 3^ feet cutting bar, weighs 464 lbs. 
Two-horse " 4 " " " " 514 " 
See Price List, page 12. 



C. V. INIAPES ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 



Ill 




Fig. 166. McCormick's Beaper 
Large machine, 4 horses, 6 feet cut. 
Small *' 2 " 5i " " 



112 



C. V, MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




bo 

.g 






C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 113 

La'wii Mowing Machine. 

The manufacturer has made some very important improvements in the English 
Lawn Mower, and he guarantees them to be well and firnilj' built, and if properly 
used, not likely to get out of order, but to be superior to any other now in use. 

The improvement consists mainly in making the knife so adjustable as to allow 
it to be ground and worn three-fourths of an inch ; and also in so altering the form 
and construction, that small stones will do no material injury, where the English 
knife would be rendered entirely useless. 

The superiority of this machine over the English Lawn Scythe consists in the 
even and rapid manner in which the lawn can be cut, with the advantage of roll- 
ing^ and gathering up the grass at the same time. With the large machine, and 
an experienced horse and man, a continuous acre, without trees or turns, can be 
cut, rolled, and the grass gathered in an hour. Lawns cut with this machine like- 
wise acquire an even, firm sod, like that produced by. sheep grazing. 

Tnese machmes have been in operation five seasons, and have given universal 
satisfaction. The increased demand enables the manufacturer to increase his va- 
riety, which now comprises an assortment that cannot fail to satisfy every require- 
ment. The machines for this season will embrace all the important improvements 
brought out in Europe, with many valuable improvements founded upon expe- 
rience. The patterns have all been remodelled, adding greatly to their lightness 
of draft, strength, utility, and simplicity. They are all front balance, with com- 
pound swivel rolls, which enables them to be turned short around with the great- 
est ease, without the least liability of marking the lawn. Iha front balance renders 
the motions of the machine more steady, and prevents the grazing of the sod in 
uneven places. It also renders the hand machines suitable for cutting broad sur- 
faces in an eveu and uniform manner. A great improvement has also been made 
in the manner of attaching the knife-bar to the machine, and in adjusting the knife, 
simplifying its operation and rendering it more permanent. 

DESCRIPTION. 

Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4, are hand machines, with which the grass should be cut 
close, and never allowed to grow so as to take off more than \h inches at one cutting. 
Nos. 3 and 4 may be drawn by one man on level ground, provided that not more 
than one inch of grass is taken off at a cutting. No. 7 is an extra thirty-inch ma- 
cliine, calculated to cut off four or five inches of grass at a cutting. It will also 
work equally well in cutting off one inch of grass. It is built much heavier and 
stronger that it may be enabled to do the work properly. It may be here re- 
marked that the longer the grass the more power is required in cutting. No. 8 
can be used by one horse, only when the ground is nearly level and the grass cut 
frequently. 

It should be di~tinctly understood, in using these machines, that the smoother 
the lawn the closer and evener it may be cut ; and to work to the best advantage, 
and do good work, the grass should be cut once in six or eight days, during most 
of the season. 

Every machine is guaranteed to be well built, of good materials, and to work 
well on ground properly prepared. See Price List, page 1 2. 



lU 



C. V. ilAPEs' ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 




A^V^l,/ ^M|V| 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



115 



Haymaking Machine. 

This machine has been long used in England, but its cost, as there made, is verv 
large. An improvement made here is now under experiment, and will doubtless 
be ready in time for next season's crops. 

Fig. 167^ represents the machine recently patented by Mr. Stodard, and 
has many improvements as compared with those which have preceded it. The 
teeth may be turned to any required angle, for heavier or lighter grasses, or may 
be turned in so as to be entirely protected when passing over common roads, or 
when not in use. Its promise is very great, and we anticipate receiving favorable 
reports from its use the present season. 

A series of rotating forks are moved by the axle of a two-wheeled frame, drawn 
by one horse, throwing the cut hay high into the air, and permitting it to fall in so 
open and divided a condition as to insure the full action of the sun and air. 

There is perhaps no implement the value of which has been so little understood, 
until very recently. The labor usually employed on a hay crop is of a casual and 
most expensive kind, whilst the above machine, when properly constructed, not 
only suffices to make the owner independent of extraneous aid, but enables him to 
do his work more quickly and efficiently, and thus to be more independent of the 
weather. Those already manufactured do the work of from 6 to 20 men. It is 
quite impossible to shake out and separate the hay so well by hand as by this ma- 
chine, and the drying is so much quicker as to frequently save a day in the secur- 
ing of the hay crop. With this machine and the mowing machine, in connection 
with the improved horse-rakes, a farmer is no longer confined to a small area of 
mowing land. 




This is a new invention, and labor-saving 
in its use. Hay may be carried by this im- 
plement, assisted by a tackle and sheaves, 
from the wagon to the highest mow, and 
there discharged of its load by the wagoner, 
and again lowered for re-use. 



Fig. 163. Horse Unloading- Fork. 



116 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



HAY AND COTTON PRESSES. 



Of these we have a variety both for power and hand use. 

The production of Cotton is confined to the Southern states, while Hay, of some 
quality, is grown in all the stater. 

The entire cotton crop amounts to about 4,500,000 bales, and this must, from 
necessity, be properly packed for market. 

According to the census of ISoO, there were produced of hay in the 

Northern States, 9,473,605 tons. 

Western States, - - - - - 3,227,253 " 
Southern States, 1,137,754 " 



Making in the aggregate, 
averaging in value |10 per ton. 



13,838,592 




Fig. 169. Ingersoll's Patent Hand-Power Hay and Cotton Press. 
This press is extremely effective, and has passed the ordeal of use satisfactorily. 
It combines simplicity, occupying the least possible space, durability, portability, 



118 C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

and economy. In addition to packing cotton, bay, straw, rice-straw, etc., they are 
used for packing numerous otlier articles, such as rags, wool, hemp, hides, hair, 
h asks, broom-corn, paper, hops, moss, etc.; are readily taken apart and packed, 
occupying but little space, and as readily put together again for use. They vary in 
size, strength, and cost. 

Weight of cotton bales, 250 to 500 lbs. ; wool, 300 to 800 lbs. ; rags, hides, hair, 
etc., the usual market weight required. Weight of hay bales, 150 to 300 lbs. ; 
hop bales, 200 lbs. 

Bullock's Press has been long and successfully used for the pressing of cotton. 
Fig. 170 is an end view and Fig. 171 a side view of this powerful press. It may 
be worked by hand power, but is usually preferred as a power press. 

LETTERS OF REFERENCE. 

AAA are Foundation Stones, or Blocks. 

B B are String Pieces to which the Windlass is attached. 

C C C are posts to support the Press and the Gin-House floor. 

D D are pieces which serve as guides to the Follower. 

E E E are Clamp Girts, which hold the Press-box together. 

F is the Follower Block, or under platen, attached to the upper end of the Lever 
Beam by means of the Journal or Crosshead Z. 

G is the Cap, against which the bale is pressed. 

H H are wrought-iron Straps attached to the Cap to form a connection with the 
rods U. 

I I are Sway Bars attached, to carry the Cap off one side. 

J J J are Floor Timbers, or beams, of the Gin-House. 

K K are Planks forming sides of the Cotton-box. 

L is a Lever, or sweep, to which the horse is attached. 

M is a cast-iron Frame to support the Iron Capstan, or Windlass. 

N is the Windlass, or Capstan, around which the chain is wound. 

O are parts of the chain, one end of which is attached to the cast-iron Step 
Block Y, and the other end to the Windlass. 

P is a Pulley in the lower end of the Lever Beam. 

Q is a connecting rod in the chain. 

R is the Lever Beam attached to the Crosshead. 

S S are arms, or supports, for the fulcrum of the Lever Beam. 

T T are Rods which receive the Step Block at the lower end, and connect with 
the Rod U at the upper end. 

U U are Rods connecting the Straps H H and the Rods T T. 

V V are Pins by which the Rods and straps are connected. 

W, Bale of Cotton. 

X, Pall or Drag-pike, to hold the Sweep from flying back. 

Y, cast-iron Step-Block on which the arms rest. 

Z, cast-iron Journal or Crosshead attached to the Follower. 

a a are Side-doors, or top parts of the Press-box. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



119 




Rg. 171. End view. 



120 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

b b are Door-Battens. 

d d are wrought-iron bars, or clamps, to hold up the doors. 

/, cast-iron Socket to receive end of Sway-Bars. 

g g are cast-iron Stops for the Sway-Bars to rest against. 

The dotted lines in Figures lYO and lYl show the position of doors when let 
down, and also of the cap when swung off one side. 

The convenience claimed is as follows : 

1st. It can be put under cover in a corner of the gin-house, convenient to the 
lint-cotton, which enables two men to fill the box in a few minutes. 

2d. It occupies but a small space — about six by three feet, exclusive of the horse- 
power, which may be put outside of the building in the most convenient place. 

3d. The top of the box is left open, unobstructed by beams or follower-blocks, 
while the men are filHng and treading the cotton into the box. 

4th. The whole amount of cotton for each bale is put into the box at once. 

5th. The doors around the bale may all be moved out of the way, and allow free 
access on all sides for roping and sewing up the bagging after the bale is pressed. 

The power used in this press is the Progressive Lever, operating upon a movable 
fulcrum — a feature peculiar to the Bullock Press, and one most admirably calculated 
for, and adapted to, the pressing of cotton. It allows a long range of the follower, 
and the progressive power just meets the increasing resistance of the bale as it be- 
comes more and more compact, and this, too, without any increase of power ap- 
plied to the lever. The last turn of the horse in running up a bale, requires no 
more power than the first turn, and the power is only limited by the strength of 
the material the press is made of, which, of course, can be made all that may be 
required for any purpose, and yet work rapidly. 

The box is sufficiently large to allow six hundred pounds of lint cotton to be put into 
it at once. And as the strain comes entirely on iron, it can be pressed up safely. 

The weight of the Improved Press is about two thousand pounds. But when 
taken apart and packed for transportation, two men can handle easily every pack- 
age, and load and unload it. 

Every thing about it is perfectly plain and simple. 

Bullock's Improved Press is complete and ready for use when it comes on the 
plantation, and gives the planter no trouble. No time is spent in getting timber ; 
no hands to furnish ; no carpenter to pay ; no iron to buy ; no blacksmith's bill 
to pay. 

This Press requires one mule to run it up in two minutes, or hoo mules in 
one minute. The Screw, a strong team, a long time. 

In roping the bale and sewing up the bagging in the Bullock Press, it will 
be found impossible to place the bale in a position more convenient to work at — 
not a post or a beam in the v/ay. The rods are jointed so as to fall down and 
allow the bale to roll out of the press when desired, and also to allow the cap to 
swing off one side out of the way when filling the box. Not so with the Screw 
Press ; the posts and beams render it difficult to sew up the bagging at all in the 
press; and when the bale is finished it is usually left in a pit, where it requires 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUK. 



12\ 



half-a-dozen hands, with a tactle-block, to get it out. And again, in filling the box 
of a Screw Press, the follower-block is always in the way of the workmen. 

The Press can be put up and operated by any body. It is not one hour's work, 
after the place is prepared for it, for two naen to move it from the wagon and put 
it up ready for work. These presses are made in the most substantial and work- 
man-like manner, under the immediate direction of the Inventor, who has had 
eighteen years' experience in making and using these Presses upon the Cotton 
Plantations, and consequently knows well what is required. 

Every press is put together and thoroughly tested, numbered, marked, and 
painted before leaving the manufactory. 

Printed instructions, giving full particulars how to set it up, and how to work 
it, vk-ill always accompany each press. 




Fig. 172. Dederick's Patent Parallel Lever Hay Presses. 

The engraving above is so plain, that it requires scarcely any explanation. When 
the door, C, is closed, the head, U, is moved over to either side at pleasure. The 



122 



O. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



hay is then thrown in, and when the box is full the head is moved back again to 
the centre of the press. The power being then applied to the parallel levers, J K, 
through the block and tackle system of ropes and pulleys, N R R, the follower, B, 
is pressed upward against the hay with a power which is not interfered with by the 
least particle of friction against the sides of the press, and which is as simple as it 
is evidently great. The door, C, and also a similar door on the other side, is then 
opened; the bale is then bound, and the ends of it being relieved by releasing the 
end of the bar or handle, D, it is taken out from either side at pleasure ; and it is 
worthy of special remark, that the side door of these presses can be opened quite 
easily with one hand. They are operated by a horse upon a capstan, — the horse 
going round only five times to make a bale. In one of them two men and a boy 
will bale from five to nine tons of hay per day, according to the size of the press. 
These presses are made in six sizes, and to bale from 100 to 500 lbs. each, accord- 
ing to size. They are taken apart for long transpoiiation, and are accompanied 
with full printed directions for putting up and operating. 




Fig. 172/^. Dederick's Patent Hand Hay Press. 

Fig. \l2h represents the press as being filled and closed, and ready for operation. 
The power consists, as in the horse-press, of "two toggle joints" (one only can be 
seen) so arranged that they operate parallel, and one being placed underneath each 
end of the follower, and the two being confined together by a connection rod, (as 
seen in cut,) both sides of the follower must move simultaneously and even. This 
press, thus constructed and arranged, has a power which increases as fast as the 
resistance of the hay- increases, is durable, and in no way liable to get out of order 
even in careless hands, and operates more quickly and presses bales compactlv. 

Size of Bale. 

4 ft. by 24x30, 
4 ft. by 22x28, 
4 ft. by 24x30, 
4 ft. by 24x28, 
4 ft. by 26x30, 
4 ft. by 24x26, 



No. 


1. 


Bales from 
3lo to 425, 


No. 


2. 


275 to 325, 


No. 


3. 


250 to 300, 


No. 


4. 


200 to 250, 


No. 


5. 


275 to 300, 


No. 


6. 


150 to 200, 



jht of Press. 

14 feet, 
12 feet, 


Weight. 

2,800 lbs., 
2,400 lbs.. 


Price. 
$165 00. 

150 00. 


9 feet, 
8 ft. 6 in., 


1,300 lbs., 
1,200 lbs.. 


120 00. 
100 00. 


8 feet, 
6 ft. 6 in., 


1,200 lbs., 
800 lbs.. 


90 00. 
65 00. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



123 



Nos. 3 and 4 as hand-presses, same style and prices as horse-presses, — combined 
as hand and horse-press, $10 extra. Nos. 5 and 6 are the hand-presses. 




Fig. 173. Fay's Portable Hand Power Hay, Straw, and Cotton Press. ^ 

This machine is simple in construction, and is well adapted for pressing cotton, 
hay, straw, hemp, broom-corn, flax, hops, wool, rice-straw, rags, pumice, liiisccd-oil, 
etc. It is strong and eflfectiial, and, from its simplicity, may be readily used by 
a common hand. It is readily taken apart and re-established in working order ; 
may be packed in small space for shipment. 

No. A will weigh 1,100 lbs., and will press five or six tons of hay per day, in 
bundles averaging 3.50 lbs., of straw 380 lbs., and compressed to thirty cubic feet; 
the proportion of one bale being 29 by 31 inches and 5 feet long; it occupies 7 by 
3 feet. 



124 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



This press is worked by hand-power, with a downward line of travel, giving 
great facility in tying of bales, adjustment of covering cloth, etc. 

No. B occupies 6 by 3 feet, and with proportionably less results. It forms bales 
26 by 29 inches and 4 feet long, compressed to twenty cubic feet, averaging about 
265 lbs., of straw 285 lbs. The index plate attached to the end of the press de- 
notes the number of cubic feet of the bale. 

Broom-corn and flax press No. C is upon the same principles, but differently 
proportioned ; dimensions of bale 24 by 29 inches and 4 feet long. 



HAY, STRAW AND STALK CUTTERS. 



This class of implement is in general use. It is now established beyond a 
doubt that a less amount of cut hay will sustain an animal, than when fed, as it 
now frequently is, in the long state. And if this be true when cut as at present 
from half an inch to an inch in length, it is true in degree all the way down to 
a chaff. The proprietors have now a variety of machines in addition to those 
in general use, for cutting hay much finer than has been heretofore done. 




Fig. 174. Cumming's Patent Hay, Straw, and Stalk Cutter. 



C, V, MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



125 



Fig. 174 is a recent invention. It is of simple construction, easily operated or re- 
paired, and cuts all varieties of forage very rapidly, whatever may be the condi- 
tion of the forage to be cut. It may be operated by hand or horse power. 

By change of gears furnished with the machine, it is rendered capable of cut- 
ting extremely fine, or of ordinary length, as may be preferred ; and the proprietor 
is now experimenting, with a fair hope of success, for rendering it truly a chaffing 
machine. 




Fig. 175. Daaiiel's Patent Hay Straw, and Stalk Cutter. 

Fig. 175 is of two sizes, and very efficient in practice. No. 1 has knives 10 
inches in length, and is intended for a hand machine — may, however, be moved 
l>y horse power — cuts one inch long, and when well attended will cut half a ton 
per hour. No. 2 is calculated for horse power, but may be run by hand ; length 
of knife 16 inches, cuts one inch long, and capable of cutting one ton per hour, 
of hay, stalks, or straw. This machine is well known in the South. 

Fig. 176 represents a new machine for Cutting Stalks, Straw, and other coarse 
forage — a modification of the best Cylindrical Chaff" Cutter, and is strongly made. 



126 



C. V. aiAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 177. Cylindrical Hay and straw Cutter.-Straight Knives. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTEATED CATALOGUE. 



127 




Fig. 178. Cylindrical Hay and Straw Cuttei —Spiral Knives. 




Tig. 179. Gale's Patent Eagle Cutter. 



128 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Figs. Ill and 178 represent the hide-roller, straight and spiral knife hay-cntters ; 
in either machine, the knives being set in the circumference of a cylinder, or arbor, 
and cutting against the hide-roller. 

The various kinds and sizes of these cutters are so put together, with joint-bolts 
and screws, as to be taken apart and boxed for transportation, and are readily set 
up again. 

We have many sizes as per price list. 

Fig. 179. Gale's Patent Hay, Straw, and Stalk Cutters. 

Of these we have various sizes, known as Universal and Eagle Hay Cutters in 
tlie price list. 



Fig. 1 80. A strong, effectual cut- 
ter, well calculated for the South- 
ern states, and adapted to cutting 
corn stalks. It is less liable to be 
injured by inexperienced hands, 
exposure to the weather, etc., than 
most machines. The parts are eas- 
ily separated and packed into the 
box or hopper for transportation, 
and readily put together again. 




Fig. 180. Smith's Patent Lever Cutter. 




Fig. 181. This is one of the ear 
liest forms of the Cutter, and can 
be furnished at a very low pri'^p 



Fig. 181. Lever Hay Cutter. 



O. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUK. 



129 



HORSE POWERS. 



Much of the labor of the farm, now performed by hand, should be done by 
horse power ; and indeed, for all purposes requiring less than the power of five 
horses, steam power cannot be economically used : repairs, cost of attendant en- 
gineer, etc., rendering horse power more economical than steam for small purposes. 

Horse powers are divided into two classes, viz., those known as railway powers, 
where the floor is caused to move by the tread of the horse acting as an endless 
belt ; and a number of forms of static powers which are rendered active by a horse 
]>laced at the end of a lever, or its equivalent, walking on the ground. 




Fig 182. Patent Eadless Chain Changeable Horse-Power. 

Fig. 182. Patent Endless Chain Changeable Horse Power, arranged to be 
worked by one or two horses. This railway power is a material improvement on 
those which have preceded it, as it is capable of several changes for increasing and 
diminishing the speed so as to adapt it for threshing grain, ginning cotton, sawing 
wood, grinding feed, and in fact for all purposes to which power can be applied, 
and without any additional expense of gearing. All the moving points of this 



ISO 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATE!) CATALOGUE. 



machine are upon the outside, where they may be protected from dust, requiring 
little time or oil to keep them in the best possible running order. 

The arran^jeraent for tightening the endless platform permits it to be instantly 
done by a common wrench, without stopping the machine. 

The Overshot Thresher (represented in the cut), Fig. 182, and Vibrating Separa- 
tors, with improvements, have been used with like success as the Powers. They 
admit of a level feeding table, thus avoiding accidents (which often occur with the 
inclined feeding board), by preventing hard substances, sticks and stones from 
getting into the machine and breaking the spikes, endangering those engaged with 
them. The o-rain, by this motion, is throwu on the floor within three feet of the 
machine, and admits a separator to be attached sufficiently high to allow the grain 
and fine chaff to fall through it, while the straw is thrown off without beino- cut, 
and in fit condition for bindino;. 




Fig. 183. Field's Patent Horse Power. 

This machine can be operated by one to four horses, and is a very compact, 
simple, durable, and cheap Sweep Power. For two horses, it is made three feet 
two inches long, two feet two inches wide, and two feet high. The power, of what- 
ever size, is geared either upright or horizontal, as may be preferred, the expense 
being the same. 

The Planet Sweep Power, Fig. 184, is built entirely of iron, and is so equilibri- 
ated in all its parts, that whether used for one or more horses, the resolution of 



C. V. MAl'ES lU.USTRAJ KI) CATALOGUE. 



IS I 




Fig. 184. Planet Sweep Power. 

forces is felt on all parts alike, so that it is not liable to derangement, change of 
figure by strain, or other casualty ; and in every instance has given the most per- 
fect satisfaction. 

There are two sizes ; and levers are furnished with these powers adapted to any 
number of horses, from one to ten. Compactness renders it desirable for shipping, 
occupying but little space. It may be put up without the assistance of mechanics, 
being all ready for use as sold. 

Fig. 185. This is a circu- 
lar or level Power, with a 
wooden rim about twenty 
feet in diameter, with 
wrought-iron gearing bolted 
in segments on the under 
side of the rim, which 
works into a cast pinion, and 
(■II the pinion-shaft a pulley 
or gear is attached, as may 
be required, to drive differ- 
iig. 185. laplin's Horse Power. cut kinds of machinery. 

It is worked with from one to six horses, walking inside the rim, one between 

each pair of arms. It is readily taken apart and packed in a very small compass 

for transportation. 




182 



C, V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




This is a strong and well-constructed machine, fairly equilibrated so as to avoid 
local strains, and so arranged as to be worked by one, two, or four horses. 

The following, cut Fig. 18Y, illustrates our most approved Dog Power.^ It is a sim- 
ple endless platform, formed upon two India-rubber straps, with strips of light 
wood firmly riveted to it. This endless platform is supported by a drum about 
twelve inches in diameter at each end, and the whole so arranged that it can be 
elevated to any angle required by the weight of the dog or work to be done by it. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



l:):i 




Fig. 187. Dog Power, for Churning. 

It is also equally adapted to a sheep, which is sometimes employed instead of 
a dog. The cut represents it producing both the vertical and rotary motion. 




1 v^W I ^ 

Fig. 188. Pitt's Improved Threshing Machine, Separator, and Cleaner. 

A Gold Medal of Honor was awarded at the World's Fair in France for this 
machine. Also at every exhibition when brought into competition with other 
machines, its superiority has been universally acknowledged, and, in nearly every 
instance the first premium has been awarded it. The Separator, for the future, will 
be superior in every respect to those before made. We have determined to spare 
nothing that will add to its durability, effective operation, or style of finish. This 
machine cannot be surpassed in the genuine qualities of durability, ease of draft, 
and the thorough and effective manner of its operation. None but the very best 
selected materials are used in their construction ; the joints are all well fastened 
with bolts, cast-steel shafts in cylinders, babbitt metal in boxes where necessary, 
and every thing is got up in the best manner throughout, and furnished with belts, 
platform for feeder to stand on, run-boards for convenience of oiling, feed-tables, 
a tool-box, and sieve for wheat, barley, and oats ; screen, etc. 



134 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




This threshing machine and cleaner combined has been popularly received dur- 
ing the last three harvests; the journals of its cylinder are hung in universal boxes, 
thereby avoiding binding and unnecessary friction ; the fan beneath the feeder's 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE, 135 

table is driven by an outside pulley ; the length of the frame-work is from 6 to 8 
feet beyond the center of the cylinder, and contains a light wood riddle with a 
close wood bottom connected with it ; these have an endwise vibratory motion in 
contrary direction to each other, causing the grain and straw to be carried off in 
opposite directions. The endless apron with slat, forms cells for receiving, holding, 
and conveying the grain, while the straw occupies the upper surface of the slats; 
indeed the whole separation of grain from straw is nearly perfected by this con- 
trivance alone ; the straw is afterwards caught by a revolving beater with strong 
iron teeth, which completes the separation of the grain. 

The series of wood fingers acts with each vibration of the riddle, consuming but 
little force, and perfectly agitating the straw to secure the entire result. An ex- 
tension is furnished for the manipulation of light grain. The discharge is by two 
spouts, delivering separately the clean grain and the tailings ; and when ordered, 
an elevator is supplied for returning the tailings for further manipulation. 

For a full and entire description of this machine, see the " Working Farmer,'' 
for August, ] 860. 

Price of these Improved Machines, in sets complete, $250 00 

Price of Horse-Power, endless-chain or lever principle, 120 00 

Price of Threshing Machine and Cleaner, combined, 130 00 

Price of set of bands and extras, . 5 00 

Price of Elevator for tailings, (always an extra charge) 10 00 




Fig. 190. Grant's Patent Doable Blast Fan-Mill. 



The above mill, invented by Mcssi's. I. T. Grant & Co., is believed to be the 
most effective for cleaning every kind of grain, rice, grass and other seeds, which 
it does perfectly at one operation. They are of six sizes, built in the most sub- 



136 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



stantial manner and of the best materials ; seven sieves accompany each mill, with 
printed directions for placing the sieves, slides, etc., for the cleaning of the different 
kinds of seeds. 

The following statement is from the inventors : — " Our Fan-Mills have taken the 
first premiums at the New York State Agricultural Fairs, at the State Fairs of 
Pennsylvania and Maryland, at the Mechanics' Institute of the city of New York, 
and at many county fairs. They received the highest consideration at the National 
Fair at Washington, and have uniformly taken premiums wherever presented for 
competition. When thoroughly timed they have chaffed and screened one bushel 
per minute. This may easily be done with the larger sizes, taking out all the 
chess, cockle, or smut, at the same time." 

These and other fan-mills are constructed so that they may be taken apart for 
transportation, they being put together with joint bolts and screws. Three mills, 
measuring 52 cubic feet each, can be packed in one box measuring only 27 feet, 
and in that proportion for larger or smaller mills, thus making a material saving of 
freight. They may be set up without difficulty or fear of want of adjustment. 



G-rant's Common Fan-Mill. 

This is an admirable machine, and is only surpassed by Grant's Patent Mill, de- 
scribed above. It is furnished with four sieves, and can be afforded at a less price 
than Fig. 190. See Price List. 




Fig. 191. Boston Fan-Mill. 
Fig. 191. This is a cheap Mill, light and portable, strong, and durable, for 
cleaning grain and small seeds at a single operation. Four sizes of this Mill are 
made. See Price List. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLIJSTKATED CATALOGUE. 



137 




iig. 192. ran-Mill for Coffee, Spices, Grass-Seeds, etc 



Fig. 192. This is a very 
convenient little Mill for the 
merchant and grocer. It is 
designed for cleansing coffee, 
the various spices, rice, grass- 
seeds, seed-grain, etc., having 
a variety of sieves, slides, and 
boxes to adapt it to these 
various articles. It is so 
adjusted, that in operating, 
more or less wind may be 
let on the sieves, to exactly 
suit the wants of the occa- 
sion, or the particular article 
to be winnowed. It occupies 
very little space, is light 
and portable, and a perfect 
Fan-Mill for the purposes 
desiofned. 





r^. 193 and 194. Harris & Son's Patent Smut Machine and Fan. 

This machine, invented to hull and pearl rice, coffee, etc., as also for smutting, 
polishing wheat and other grain, has provetf itself valuable and popular, being now 
in successful operation at the Galigo Mills, Richmond, Va. ; Croton Mills, New 
York; Revere Mills, Rochester ; Etowah Mills, Ga., and over one hundred others. 

The grain passes in the machine, as seen in the section above, at the center of 
the top bed-stone around the spindle, thence by the centrifugal force is thrown out 
of the convex surface to the periphery of the center or running stone, passes down 
9 



138 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



between it and the case, and so out of the spout near the center of the lower bed- 
stone, a distance, on the 30-inch machine, of over eight feet. This machine cleans 
from 10 to 150 bushels per hour, according to size. It is readily set to suit all 
kinds of grain. The following are among the advantages of this machine: being 
constructed of stones, it is very durable ; the stones can be dressed by any miller 
once a season, which makes them do the work as well as when first put up ; the 
stones can be set or changed, similar to a mill-stone, to suit any kind or quality 
o'' grain ; a powerful fan is attached, such as no other machines possess. 
V^arions sizes supplied to order. 




Fig. 195. Sandford's Excelsior Mill, for Planters, Farmers, and Millers. 

This Mill, invented and patented by Mr. G. Sandford, is now on exhibition anu 
in actual operation in this city. % 

It is a Conical Burr Stone, of new and greatly improved construction. It is 
superior to any known Mill in compactness, in simplicity, in the amount of power 
required to operate it, in rapidity of operation, in facilities for keeping it in per- 
fect grinding order, in not heating the grain ; in being adapted to grind, on the 
same Mill, the coarsest feed and finest flour; and in the perfect manner in which 
it does its work. For domestic, farm, or plantation purposes, will last a lifetime. 

It is almost an axiom that, "by grinding feed, 20 to 25 per cent, is saved. This 
item o'l savings alone v/ould in a short time repay the cost of a Mill; and the 
ordinar) horse power used by farmei-s. planters and others, applied to it, would 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



139 



grind their flour, meal or feed in less average time than would be required to 
carry their grain to mill. 

Sandtbrd's Excelsior Mill was tested in Philadelphia by the side of a 36-inch 
flat Burr Stone Mill. It {/round 40 bushels of feed in three hours, and the Flat 
Stone Mill ground in the same time but 36 bushels, using to do that, one-third 
more power. Two Excelsior Mills were ordered by the establishment making the 
trial. 

The " Ericsson Caloric Engine" has been found an admirable power for driving 
these mills, and at an expense of 25 cents per day. 




Jig. 196. Interior of Mill. Fig. 197. 

The above cuts, and the following description, are thouglit to be all that is 
necessary by way of explanation and illustration, to enable any one to form a cor- 
rect idea of our Excelsior Mill. 

A, is the hopper in which the material to be ground is placed. B, a Conical 
French Burr Stone, immovably secured upon the shaft — see the open mill above. 
BB, the concave stones in two solid pieces, encased in iron, are placed over the 
cone, fitting it perfectly ; these are the grinding or milling surfeces. F, the 
adjusting screw by which the grinding cone is forced toward the shell to make the 
mill grind finer or coarser, as ma^v be desired. D, a pulley upon the end of the 
shaft to which the grinding cone B is attached, and by which it is operated. K, 
is a bolt into which the ground material is passed to separate the ground product 
into the various grades required — the middlings falling into the bin T, and the 
fine flour into the bin S, while the bran is passed out of the end of the bolt into a 
receptacle placed to receive it. The bolt is stationary, but brushes are operated 
on the inside, to drive the flour through, by a belt passed over the pulley O on 
the main shaft, and over the pulley P on the bolt shaft. 

We claim no superiority for this bolt over the ordinary one in use in this coun- 
try ; it is the English plan of bolting flour, and as it is verrj compact is better 
adapted to farmers' and planters' use than the American bolt; the flour made by 
it is of the best quality. 

Corn and Feed Mill $100 00 

Mill with Improved Flour Bolt, complete 150 00 



140 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 198. Brown's Improved Patent Grist Mill. 

These Mills are made of seven sizes, the largest size being represented by Fig. 
198, and the smallest by Fig. 199. They have been before the public a sufficient 
length of time to test their utility, and the proprietors can recommend them for 
grinding Corn, Grain Feed, Flouring Wheat ; they are also adapted to grinding 
Plaster, Coal, Salt, Coffee, Spice, &c., equal to any other mills. They are made 
from one entire piece, from the choicest of French Burr Stones. 
The superiority of these Mills consists in — 

1st. Dispensing entirely with the bush used 
in all large mills, and in most of the small ones, 
thereby making a great saving of povper and 
oil, avoiding a very great difficulty that has 
always existed in mills, bringing the care of 
these mills within the skill of an ordinary me- 
chanic or farmer. 

2d. The mode of attaching the Runner 
Stone to the Spindle, by means of an universal 
joint (similar to the Mariner's Compass), so 
that the Runner will keep level or parallel with 
the Bed Stone, if the Spindle is out of a perpendicular line with its face. 

•3d. The efficient mode of attaching the Runner Stone to the Spindle, the 




Fig. 199. 



C, V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



141 



Spindle to the top and bottom Bridge-tree, in connection with the intermediate 
one upon which rests the adjustable tube, all connected by means of the side rod, 
adjusted by and confined in their relative places by means of the hand or check 
wheels at the side of the Mill. 

The capacity of these Mills can be increased to almost any extent, by an increase 
of speed and power, or can be worked with light power by diminishing the speed 
and quantity of work. The 30, 33, or 36-inch Mills are considered the best for 
water or steam power. The 16, 18, and 20-inch Mills are designed for horse or 
other light power, for domestic or plantation use. The 24-inch Mill, either for a 
light steam, water, or a heavy animal power. 

It is found, from use, that the following is the best speed to run the Mills : 

Diameter of Stone. Steam or Water. Animal. 

42 inch, 200 to 300 revolutions per minute, 250 best speed, 



36 




250 to 350 


u 






300 


(( 


(( 


200 


33 




275 to 375 


u 






325 


(( 


(( 


200 


32 




275 to 375 


if. 






340 


(( 


(( 


200 


30 




275 to 375 


u 






350 


(( 


(( 


200 


24 




300 to 400 


u 






350 


a 


11 


200 


20 




360 to 450 


(.1. 






350 


a 


u 


175 


18 




3*00 to 400 


u 






350 


(( 


u 


175 


16 




300 to 400 


u 






350 


(( 


a 


175 




Number Bushels Corn pei 


■ hour. 




Power required. 


Si) 


EC Pulleys. 


Bushels Fine. 


Bushels Coarse. 


Bushels Cracked. 


Horse Power. 


Inches. 




Inches Fa. 


18 




25 


150 




15 




24 




10 


15 




22 


150 




10 




24 




8 


12 




18 


150 




8 




20 




8 


11 




17 


150 




7 




20 




8 


10 




16 


150 




6 




20 




8 


6 




12 


100 




4 




16 




6 


5 




10 


40 




.3 




14 




5 


4 




8 


40 




3 




12 




5 


3 




1 


40 




2 




12 




6 



HARRISON'S PATENT GRIST MILL, FOR FARM AND PLANTATION USE 

This is a burr-stone mill, is made of various sizes, and the one represented by 
Fig. 200 is called the light geared mill, and may be moved at a speed of two hun- 
dred revolutions per minute, with the power of one horse ; and with a well adjust- 
ed feed, such as will not clog the mill, a fine flour of good quality will be produced. 
When set coarse it may be used for grinding feed and other materials. By the 
use of two or more horses' power, this mill may be made to run at much higher 
speed and with increased amount of results. 

The 20 inch mill represented above, when run with one horse will turn out 2^ 
bushels of fine flour, and with two to five horses, will grind 5 to 8 bushels of corn, 
and 4 to 6 bushels of wheat, per hour. 



142 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 200. Harrison's Patent Grist Mill for Farm and Plantation use. 




Fig 201. This is an iron mill, and may be 
run by one, two or four horses' power, and will 
grind corn, rye, oats, or wheat, from 6 to 12 
bushels per hour, according to the fineness re- 
quired, and is also arranged with steel cutters 
to grind corn with the cob. 
"^ The grinding parts of the mill may be re- 

placed at small expense if ever worn out. Oc- 
U ^l copies a space of three feet square, and weighs 
1 ^ 2*75 pounds. 



Fig. £01. Premium Farm Grist Mill, an 
Improvement of the Coleman Mill. 



C. V. MAI'ES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



14:5 




Fig-. 202. Patent Magic Corn, Cob, and Meal Mill. 
Fig. 202 represents this mill arranged for the direct application of power by a bolt. 




Fig. 203. 

Fig. 203 represents the same mill arranged for the direct action of the horse by 
a sweep. 

Either bf the above mills, with ten to fifteen revolutions per minute, will grind 
from 15 to 25 bushels per hour. Extra grinding teeth may be had at three to five 
dollars per set, thus renewing the mill at small cost. 

The peculiar excellence of this mill consists in the following, viz. :^— 

The cone is in a state of rest while the shell revolves. The arrangement of rollers 
prevents any alteration in figure of the meal space between the cone and the shell. 



144 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



The change of feed is regulated by a single nut. 

While the number of feet of grinding surface, active per minute, is as great as 
in any other mill, the number of revolutions and chance of breakage or accident, 
is materially lessened. 

The cob is ground finer than the corn, although ground together. . 

From slow action at any one point, heating cannot occur. 



Fig. 203i|. This machine is much used at the 
North and West in connection with the common 
grist-mill, for the purpose of cracking or crushing 
the corn and cob together, preparatory to grinding 
between mill-stones. It is made to run either way, 
(right or left), to conform to the power by which 
it is driven. It is strong, cheap and durable. 




Fig. 203^1^. Com and Cob Crusher. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



145 



Rice and CoiFee Hullers. 




Fig. 204, Rice and Coffee Huller. Fig. 205. Rice HuUer and Polislier. 

The attention of all those who are engaged in the culture of Rice and Coffee, or 
who are in the business of hulling and preparing rice for market, is invited to the 
above-mentioned machines. 

We have three sizes of the Rice and CoflFee Huller. No. 1 is intended to oper- 
ate by hand, and will hull 30 to 50 lbs. of rice per hour, and a much larger quan- 
tity of coffee. Nos. 2 and 3 are for horse or steam power, and will hull 50 and 
100 lbs. respectively per hour. 

The Rice Huller and Polisher can be worked with four-horse power or steam. It 
hulls the rice perfectly, and afterward polishes and thoroughly cleanses it at the 
rate of 200 lbs. per hour. 

The peculiar advantages of this machine over the old-fashioned way of pound- 
ing the rice, are, that it will produce two or three pounds more rice in every bushel, 
and all the rice obtained is No, 1 or head rice, none being broken except what is 
broken by threshing. 

Both this machine and the huller are constructed with stones and india rubber 
attachments, with all the recent improvements. 

These machines have been in use for several years, have been fully tested, and 
wherever tried have given perfect satisfaction. 



146 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE, 

Cutler's Patent Quartz Crusher. 



This is a powerful and efficient pulverizer, and is well suited to the disintegration 
of hard substances, either in a wet or dry state ; it may be seen in operation atom- 
factory, where it is used for grinding burnt bones, and is capable of pulverizing 40 
tons pe'r day to a dust, requiring 5 to 10 horses' power. Price |350. 




Fig. 205^. Bullock's Quartz Crusher. 



Fig. 205|^ represents Bullock's Quartz-Crusher, the general principles of which 
can be understood from the engraving. They are made of many sizes, varying in 
price from $500 to $6,000, and capable of performing duty, varying from 2 to 40 
tons per day of hard quartz-grinding, and from 10 to 100 tons per day of soft ore, 
requiring from 2 to 20 horse power. 

The engraving fully represents the machine, which is intended to crush quartz 
by the continued rotation of large wheels passing around a circle, exercising not 
only their weight, but also, in addition to their crushing in line, a twisting motion 
which secures the finest results. The syphon arrangement for passing the water 
through the mass and washing out the more finely divided portion is fully illus- 
trated in the cut. See description of HoweWs Quartz Crusher. Fig. 430, p^ 231. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



147 




Fig. 206 represents a valuable iron 
mill, very efficient and durable. It 
runs either by hand or horse power. 
With the latter it can be made to 
grind four bushels of grain fine, per 
hour, and a greater quantity if coarse. 
It is simple, and not liable to get out 
of repair; and w'len the plates or 
grinding surfaces are worn out, they 
can be replaced at a small cost. 

Extra plates can always be had with, 
the machine. 



Fig. 207. This Mill is used for grindmg 
grain, cotfee, spices, and drugs. It is 
usually operated by hand, though it can 
be constructed to run by other power. It 
grinds from one to two bushels per hour. 
When the plates or grinding surfaces arc 
worn out, they can be replaced as in the 
foregoing machine. 
There are several sizes of this Mill. 



Fig. 207. Hand trrain Mill. 

Fig. 208. This is properly a coffee or spice- 
mill, but will grind grain of any kind. It is sold 
without a frame, and is so constructed as to be 
fastened to a post or board in any part of the 
house ; or it can be attached to a simple frame. It grinds from eight to 
quarts per hour, depending mainly on the speed at which it is run. It 
had with or without extra plates. There are several sizes of this Mill. 




Fig. 208. Coffee Mill. 



sixteen 
may be 



148 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



CORN SHELLERS. 



This labor-saving machine is among the vahiable improvements of the day, as 
800,000,000 of bushels of corn are annually shelled in the United States, and when 
performed by machinery saves, in many districts, the waste consequent upon feed 
ing corn on the cob. 




Fig. 209. Clinton or Common Southern Sheller, 

These shellers. Fig. 209, are made with one and two balance-wheels, and are 
adapted to shelling the smaller varieties of corn. They can be furnished at low prices. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



140 



Fig. 210 represents the South- 
ern sheller, a size adapted for 
shelling the large corn of the 
Southern and Western states; 
the wood work and machinery 
are designed especially for large 
farms and plantation use. It is 
made single or double, to shell 
one or two ears at the samr 
time. 



Fig. 211 represents the 
Southern Sheller, with a pul- 
ley and extra balance-wheel 
on the outside, which is also 
made single and double. It 
is operated by hand or horse 
power. 

The Western Sheller is of 
the same form and general 
construction as those above 
represented, but is of still 
larger size and stronger make, 
to fit it for shelling the largest 
kinds of Western and South- 
ern corn. It is made single 
or double, for hand or horse 
power. 




Fig. 210. Southern Sheller. 




Fig. 211. Southern Sheller. 



150 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Fig. 212 represents both the Yankee 
and Boston shellers, which are different 
only in size, the former being the small- 
est, and adapted to the smaller corn grown 
in the New England States, while the lat- 
ter is a size larger, and adapted to the lar- 
ger corn of the Northern States. It is 
made single or double, to shell one or two 
ears at the same time. 




Fig. 212. Yarkee and Boston Sheller. 




Fig. 212^. Virginia Corn Sheller. 
Fig. 212-J. This shellor has been in use many years in the Southern states. It is 
a strong machine, and may be operated by two men or by horse power. Shells 
well and rapidly. Price, $25. 




Fig. 213. Smith's Corn Sheller and Separator. 



C. V. MA.PES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



151 



Fig. 213. This machine consists of a horizontal toothed cylinder, and is made of 
several sizes. The ears of corn, in the operation, are confined to a part of the upper 
and rising side of this cylinder, by means of a concave extending the whole length 
of the machine, and being shovelled or let into the machine at one end, they are 
driven through, and the cobs discharged at the opposite end, while the grain falls 
below, being admitted on either side of the cylinder. The operation is governed 
by elevating or depressing the discharge end, which causes the machine to dis- 
charge the cobs fast or slow, and of course operates more or less upon tliem. 
This machine is capable of shelling two hundred bushels of ears per hour. 

We have several other hand and power corn shellers not enumerated above. 



Corn Hiiskers. 

This implement is much needed, but those already before the public require 
material amendment before they will deserve general adoption. 

We have several under consideration, and hope to be able to supply a superior 
article to any now on the market. 

Root Ctitters. 

Fig. 214. This Cutter is a 
recent invention. It cuts 
vegetables very rapidly, and 
in slices thin and tine enough 
for sheep, lambs, or calves. 
It is so very easily operated, 
that a boy can turn the 
'■rank rapidly. The inside 
arrangement is such as to 
prevent all liability of clog- 
ging the cutter while work- 
ing it, and the knives are 
easily repaired. The vege- 
tables, after being passed 
through the Cutter, may be 
mixed with straw, coarse hay, 
or other cheap forage which 
one would like to dispose of 
economically, and the mix- 
ture, after lying a little time, 
so that the forage may be- 
come impregnated with the 
juices and scent of the sliced 

roots, will be grcedilv and 

Fig. 214. Willard's Patent Boot Cutter. i i, i i ' +i.^ 

° wholly consumed oy the 

ftock. Pumpkins arc easily cut with this machine, so as to be conveniently and 

'juickly cooked for swine. 




152 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Fig. 215, The cutting- wheel is made 
of cast-iron, faced on one side, through 
which are inserted three knives similar 
to plane-irons. These cut the vegetables 
into thin slices with great rapidity, and 
then cross-knives operate to cut and 
break them into irregular pieces, of 
convenient form and size for cattle or 
sheep to eat, without danger of chok- 
ing. This machine is put together 
in the most permanent and 
manner. 









Fig. 216. Mott's Agricultural Furnaces. 
These are well adapted for cooking vegetables and other food for stock, and as a 
portable furnace if required. They are made double: the inner hemisphere being 
the boiling-kettle, and the outer shell attached to the fire-room below, supplying a 
concentric space as a fire-passage, permitting the whole surface of the inner kettle 
to be enveloped by flame. There are several sizes, varying from 10 to 120 gallon? 
each, and are sufiiciently light and portable to be easily moved; they may be 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



15;3 



used for burning either wood or coal ; when used for coal, the fire-chamber is lined 

with brick. 

Fig. 217. These furnaces are made 
with and without covers, and arc 
arranged for wood or fitted with 
grates and fire-brick lining for coal. 
With the lining they are ever durable 
by replacing the bricks occasionally, 
at an expense of only $1 25, and 
can be used with wood with equal 
facility as if not lined. 

They heat equally as quick at 
the front as at the back part, the 
fire and draft being entirely under 
the control of the operator by sim- 
ply moving one damper at the back 
part ; consequently they are well 
adapted for manufacturing and me- 
chanical purposes, and for farmers' 

■B.- ni>r niT r. , t. * 4. r. * vi r. u usc, whcrc au equal and governable 

Fig. 217. MacGregor's Patent Portable Caldron ' , . t u •1• 

Furnace, or Agricultural Boiler, heat is required. For the boihng 

of oil, the rendering of tallow, lard, and such like articles, the boiling of food for 

stock, and the scalding of hogs, they are unequalled by any furnace or boiler in the 

market. They are of difierent sizes, holding from a half-barrel to four barrels. 

Small Steaming Apparatus of various kinds supplied for steaming or cooking 

food. See description of PrindWs Agricultural and General Steamer, fig. 431, 

page 235. 




10 



154 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE, 



CIDER MILLS. 



The following is a material improvement on the old style Cider Mill, where the 
press impinged on so large a surface as to render the exudation of the juice but 
partial ; indeed the very time and labor bestowed in the preparation of the pumice 
was o-reater than is now required for the entire manufacture of cider. 




Fig. 218. Kindleberger's Patent Buckeye Cider Mill. 

Fig. 218. A very effective Cider Mill, compact, light, and portable, easily oper- 
ated, and of low price. 

They may be worted by steam, water, horse, or hand power. The apples are 
first ground in the mill attached to the machine, which is capable of being varied 
so as to prepare the pumice more or less finely ; it is then shovelled from the box 
under the mill into the press-frame, where the juice is readily expressed by the 
running down of a heavy screw, armed with a pinion, working on a larger cog- 
wheel, so as to multiply tlie power, as in Fig. 218. "When apples are pressed im- 
mediately after being ground, the cider is of much better quality than when pressed 
from pumice which has lain exposed to the atmosphere until the surfaces have 
turned brown. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



155 



These portable mills enable small quantities to be worked at a time and early in 
the season ; when dropped apples are unfit for making cider, they may be expressed 
for vinegar without its having the foul flavor consequent upon the long keeping of 
unripe apples. 

In the making of currant, rhubarb, blackberry, raspberry, cherry, and other fruit 
wines, it is necessary to grind the fruit before the juice can be expressed from it, 
and this must be done immediately after the grinding, all of which can be readily 
brought about by these mills. The same facts apply in the making of wine from 
grapes. The press portion of these machines may also be used for the pressing 
of lard, tallow, etc. We have a variety of sizes of smaller presses varying in price 
from $1. to $20. 




Fig. 219i. 

This machine presents more surface and is bettor arranged for a large amount of 
work than the grinding portion of any other cider mill, while its applicability to 
pulping roots, now so desirable for mixing with chaffed hay and other fodder, ren- 
ders it peculiarly valuable. By a slight change it becomes an eflective corn slieller, 
equal to any other hand sheller in market ; it is accompanied by a press similar 
to that in Fiff. 218. 



156 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



CHURNS. 



A theory has been long advocated that the ultimate spheroids of milk or cream 
were hollow and contained butter, and this of late has given rise to a variety of 
churning implements under the name of " Milk-Grinders," the inventors claiming 
that, by their peculiar mode of manipulation, these molecules or spheroids were 
more perfectly broken, and therefore that they could liberate the butter in five 
minutes, or even less time. They, however, churn with the milk or cream at very 
high temperatures, producing less butter, without grain, being homogeneous in its 
character, and not possessing good keeping properties. By close microscopic in- 
vestigation we have failed to find these spheroids, and therefore do not believe in 
their existence. 




Fig. 220. Lapham & Wilson's Air Pressure Churn. 
The requirements for a good churn are the ability to produce butter from sweet 
milk or cream, at a low temperature, possessing perfect grain and good keeping 
properties; ten minutes is as short a time for the production of such, as has been 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTEATED CATALOGUE. 



15: 



attained. A good churn should produce all the butter the milk or cream is cap- 
able of furnishing, and nearly at the same instant of time, so that the portion first 
formed should not be overchurned before the completion of the process. 

This, as will be seen by the fiig. 220 is a barrel mounted on two trunnions, 
one of which is armed with a handle, by which the barrel may be revolved in the 
direction of its length. The cover is fastened on by a thumb-screw bearing upon 
a bar and making a tight joint at the chime ; near the quarter is a small faucet, 
which is connected by an India-rubber tube, with a movable air-pump ; after 
placing the milk or cream within the barrel the air-pump is attached, the small 
faucet opened and air is forced into the vessel until the necessary pressure is 
attained ; the faucet is thus closed and the air-pump removed, the barrel is then 
revolved by the handle from five to ten minutes, when the butter will be found to 
have formed; it may then be removed from the churn and worked in the usual 
way. The result is of excellent quality, good grain, and good keeping properties, 
and eight to nine per cent, greater in quantity than when made in those churns 
requiring the contents to be warmer than sixty-two degrees. 

Fig. 221. This Churn is so construct- 
ed that the cream or milk is readily 
brought to the desired temperature 
without mixing water or other sub- 
stances, and the temperature certainly 
and definitely determined, which proves 
invaluable in the art of making butter. 
One improvement consists in the 
construction of a double bottom, made 
in the form of a semicircle, of two 
sheets of zinc, or other metal, placed 
one above the other, the cream to rest 
on the uppermost; between' the two 
sheets is a space or chamber, into 
which may be introduced cold or 
Fig, 221. Thermometer Churn. warm water, as may be required to 

increase or diminish the temperature of the cream or milk. 

Another improvement is a Thermometer permanently and securely placed in one 
end of the Churn, marked at 62 degrees, and which comes in contact with the 
milk or cream, to indicate its temperature, so that the operator may know and de- 
termine with certainty when it is brought to the proper state. If the cream is too 
warm, the mercury in the thermometer will rise above the mark of 62 degrees and 
cold water should be applied in the chamber described ; if too cold, the mercury 
will fall below the mark, when warm water must be used instead of cold. The 
cream or milk should be stirred by turning the crank while the water is being in- 
troduced, to give the contents an equal temperature throughout. When the ther- 
mometer indicates that the cream or milk is of the proper temperature, the water 
may be drawn out through the tube placed for the purpose, when the churning 
should be performed by giving the crank about forty revolutions to the minute. 




158 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



This Churn is simple in its construction — is light, portable, durable, very easily 
operated, and readily cleansed. The crank and dash are easily taken out to 
facilitate cleansing. 



Fig.222. Thisisoneof the simplest rotary Churns, 
and combines many of the good qualities of other 
cylindrical Churns; the dasher can be taken out in 
a moment when it requires cleaning, which should 
be done at the end of each churning. It is light 
and portable, and may be operated by a child. 
There are five sizes varying from two and three- 
quarters to fifteen gallons. 




i'lg. utiZ- Cyiiuaer CJnun. 




Fig. 223 represents the Common Dash Churn, of which we have 
a great variety of sizes, made of cedar or pine, and with iron or 
brass hoops as may be preferred. 




iig. 223. 
Dasli Churn. 




fig. 225. Lever Jiutter Worker. 



Fig. 224. Cylindrical Butter Worker. 
Fig. 224 represents the Cylindrical Butter Worker, a machine 
which should be more generally used in butter-making. Its 
advantages are, that the butter can be kept cool in working, and 
the necessity of using the hands avoided ; the butter-milk may 
be more thoroughly worked from the butter, and the salt worked 
in more even|y. Marble tops when ordered. 

Fig. 225 represents a very simple machine 
for working butter. It is easily cleansed, and 
takes but little room. It may be made with 
square or round fluted lever, as may be required. 

There are three sizes, capable of working 
from 5 to 20 lbs. to each operation. 



<3. V MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



159 




tig. 226. Butter Moulds. 





Fig. 226 represents a mould for forming butter into well- 
shaped lumps when intended for market.; and if full, con- 
tains either one or two pounds, according to size ; or smaller 
quantities may be prepared very neatly for the table — as 
each lump is left with a figure stamped on the upper side. 

Of these we have a great variety of patterns and sizes, 
together with wooden ladles, spoons, spats, etc., for use in 
the dairy. 



Fig. 227. The only proper instru- 
ment for testing the qualities of milk 
drawn from different cows. It con- 
sists of glass tubes placed perpendic- 
ularly in a wood frame : these tubes 
are divided and subdivided by maiks 
into equal spaces ; they are filled to 
equal height, each with the milk of 
a particular cow, when, after re- 
maining a proper time, the quantity 
of cream in each is readily seen 
through the glass, and the exact 



1 
-J 

j 


_ 


i i 






- 


'.; 




1 ! 

P 


- 




1 


iiji 


a 




W 


fl 


pj 



Fig. 2^7. Lactometer, 
ifference determined by the marks. 

Fig. 228. Thermometer for testing 
the temperature of milk. 

As milk should never be churned at 
a temperature above 62^ Fahrenheit, 
the thermometer becomes a necessary 
appendage to the dairy. 

Fig. 229. This is a light and port- 
able cheese press, and a great conve- 
nience to the dairy-woman. The 
cheese is placed hi the machine, and 
its own weight presses it — the press- 
ure at first being quite moderate, as it 
should be, but gradually increasing as 
E'igT228. the inside frame moves down, until the 
cheese is perfectly pressed. Light or heavy 
pressure may be applied to cheese of the same 
weight, by simply raising or lowering the in- 
side frame by sliding blocks between the two 
followers — indeed, the Press may be regulated 
to any degree of pressure that may be desired. 
The cheese is not removed until the pressing 
is completed. 




Fig. 229. 



White's Patent Self-Acting 
Cheese Press. 



160 



c. V. M apes' illustbated catalogue. 



IRON MEAT CUTTERS. 



These are of various patterns, and differ materially in the quality of the cutting 
some tear the meat more than others, and some cut without tearing — some present 
a greater amount of knife-surface than others, and therefore may remain longest in 
use without requiring sharpening — some are readily cleaned by all the parts 
being separable, even the knives being movable for sharpening, washing, etc. — 
some are arranged with sausage-stuffers attached, and others are without them. 
The larger sizes are for butchers' use for the cutting of sausage-meat, and are 
arranged for hand or other power — the smallest sizes for family use, for making 
sausage-meat, meat-balls, fish-balls, hashes, etc. 

Directions for using. — Fasten the machine firmly on a level form or table, by 
screws through the feet — cut the meat into pieces, the size of an egg, free from 
bone, and feed it in the hopper, at the same time turning the crank as fast as the 
machine will clear itself of meat. If the meat delivers too coarsely, set the slide, 
so as to partly cover the exit opening, and feed more slowly — if the meat be frozen, 
dip it in warm water, before cutting. The larger sizes when driven by power, are 
capable of cutting 1,000 lbs. per hour. 

The sausage stuffers are cylinders of tin, armed with a piston, worked by a rack 
and pinion, some of the smaller sizes of meat cutters have stuffers of a different 
construction. 

Figs, 230 and 231 represent 
Perry's Patent Revolving Knife, 
meat cutters, geared ; of which 
there are four sizes. — Nos. 20, 30, 
40 and 50, the latter is large for 
steam power — the object in gear- 
ing these cutters has been", not 
simply to make them work easier, 
but to make them cut the meat 
better. It will be noticed that 





Fig. 230. 



Fig. 231. Perry's Patent Meat Cutters. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



161 



they are so geared, that the cutters and driving studs run in opposite directions, 
causing a continual drawing stroke by the knife, as the meat is pressed on it by the 
driver. In fact these Geared Cutters are the only ones in market that completely 
cut the meat without mashing or grinding it in some degree. 

We have the same kind of cutters not geared, at a lower price — of these, there 
are two sizes, Nos. 2 and 3. 

Nos. 00 and 000 are simple and cheaper machines, with straight knives. 



The Older Patterns of Meat Cutters. 



Of these, we have five sizes, as per price list. 




Fig. 232 represents the Iron Meat 
Cutter Shut. 



Fig. 232. Iron Meat Cutter. Shut. 




Fig. 233 represents the Iron Meat 
Cutter Open. 



Fig. 233. Iron Meat Cutter, Opsn. 




Fig. 234 represents No. 4 Meat Cutter, 
Geared. 



Fig- 234- No. 4 Meat Cutter, Geared. 



^n2 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOl^KlE. 




Fig. 235. Souble Geared Meat Cutter. 
Fig. 235 represents a large size Meat Cutter, for horse or steam power. 





Fig. 236. Hale's Meat Cutter and Stufler, open. 




Fig. 237. Hale's Meat Gutter and Stuffer, closed. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATAM niK, 



163 



Figs. 2.36 and 237 represent Hale's new meat cutter composed of edged rollers, 
acting as continuous shears on a central knife placed between them : the machine is 
continuously self-sharpening, and has the sausage-stuffer attached when required, 
as in Fig. 237. The cutting and stuffing are automatic to the action of the ma- 
chine, and therefore both are performed at once; the easy removal of the shear- 
cylinders and knife from the case facilitates the cleansing of it. 



SAUSAGE FILLERS OR STUFFERS. 



Of these we have a variety, as represented by the following illustrations ; 




Fig. 238. This 
Filler is simple 
and effective, 
substituting le- 
ver-power for 
the ordinary 
rack and pin- 
ion. 



Fig. 239. Shepard's Improved Sausage Filler. 




Fig. 239 is the newest Filler, and 
is continuous in its action ; its ca- 
pacity may be increased by the addi- 
tion of a tin hopper holding a greater 
quantity. It is capable of filling 
300 pounds of sausages per hour. 



'■-^^ Fig. 240. Of those we have 

5 sizes — four sizes with one or 
two tubes, which screw on to 
the nozzle, differing in size, to 
fit larofe or small skins. 



Fig. 240. Cylinder Sausage Stuffer. 



1G4 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 





Fig. 241 represents the auto- 
matic Apple Parer, one of the 
first and still the best in use. "We 
have a variety of kinds, some of 
which pare, core, and slice the 
fruit at one time. The fruit is 
simply placed on the fork, and, 
Fig. 241. Apple Parer. by turning the crank, the knife 

will adjust itself to the surface, removing the entire skin. 

Fig. 242. These Yokes and 
Bows are of superior quality, both 
as to timber and workmanship. 
The Yokes are of birch, beech, 
and elm ; the bows of the best 
hickory, and bent by steam by 
the most approved methods, so as 
to prevent the striating of the 
Fig. 242. Ox Yokes and Bows. wood on the outer side ; the use 

of screw-rivets in these Yokes materially increases their strength, thus permitting 
a proper degree of lightness ; the iron portions are of superior quality and work- 
manship, and the bows are well fitted, oi common or egg shape, and fastened with 
patent spring Bow-pins. 

We have a variety of sizes of these Yokes, as per Price List, page 10 ; other 
sizes will be furnished to order. Also have on hand a large stock of finished and 
unfinished Ox-bows of all sizes; also Yoke-irons and plain Yoke-shapes. 

Fig. 243 represents the Bow-Pin used above for 
confining the bow in the ox-yoke. The outside cir- 
cular parts are opened from the center or body part 
by a spring, when the center part is put through a 
hole in the bow, and the spring closes the circular 
parts again, clasping the bow on both sides, and 
preventing all possibility of its dropping out. 

Fig. 244. This is an excellent instru- 
ment for leading bulls or other cattle- 
The thumb and finger being pressed im- 
mediately over the ends of the spring 
of the Leader, open the balls, and it is 
then slipped on the cartilage of the 
nose, and the spring gently closes it. 
The cartilage being thinner on the in- 
side of the nose than it is near the 
end, prevents the balls from slipping 
"off; and the harder the strain is on 




Fig 244. Howe's Adjustable Cattle Leader. 



the cord, the tighter the balls hug to 



the cartilage. The instrument can be applied or removed in a moment. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



165 




The superiority of this instrument over the use of a cord around the horns, par- 
ticularly for young cattle, cannot be doubted, while for the unruly bull it gives 
more perfect control. 

Fig. 245. Every bull should be rung after at- 
taining the age of one year. It is easily done 
by punching the cartilage between the nostrils, 
and then inserting the ring and screwing it to- 
gether. With a ring in his nose, the most 
fractious animal is easily managed. The left 
hand figure shews the ring open ready to insert. A screw-driver accompanies 
each ring. These rings are of copper and steel, and of various sizes; also plated 
with silver. 

Fig. 246. These are of brass or composition. 
They are screwed to the ends of the horns, and 
thus prevent cattle from injuring each other by 
hooking. They are also very ornamental. 



Fig. 245. Bull Bing. 





Figs. 247, 248 and 249. Cattle-Ties. 

The above cuts represent Chains for confining cattle in their stables. The large 
ring works up and down upon a round post or stanchion at the side of the 
manger. 

It is the neatest and most secure fastening known, and at the same time the 
most comfortable, as the animal slips the chain up and down the stationary post, 
by the large ring, when it wishes to move its head in feeding, or getting up and 
lying down ; it can also turn and lick itself thus fastened. Such a chain will last 
an age. The kind at the left hand can be attached to posts already up. 



Chains. 

Chains of all kinds, of superior quality, including tethering chains for feeding off 
lawns and grass-fields; halter chains; trace chains, from light to heavy, suitable for 
plowing and heavy draft, and varying from 6|^ to 11 feet; back chains of all kinds; 
draft chains, from 6 to 11 feet in length, with a hook at each end, and of various 
sizes ; whiffle-tree, fence, log, and other chains. 



166 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



HARNESS, CARTS, &c. &C. 



Double and single harness for plow, wagon, and cart use ; cart saddles, breeching 
collars, bridles, bands, reins, etc., and every article required^for cart, wagon and 
plow. 

Fig. 250 represents a strong light hame for a cart 
horse. Of these, we have a great variety of light and 
heavy, variously mounted. 

Fig. 251 represents a pair of truss whiffle-trees, with 
an evener, forming a full set : of these, we have two 
sizes. Their construction resolves all the force of the 
team on the wood in the direction of its length, thus 
causing strength to be combined with lightness. We 





Fig. 251. Flow and Cart Harness- 
have also a variety of wooden whiffle-trees of different sizes, with hooks, spring 
hooks and rings, as may be preferred. 




Fig. 252. Hand Cart. 
This is a light, useful Cart, and is very serviceable for plantation farm, garden and 
city use. They have iron hubs, and are not subject to derangement by exposure to 
the weather. Price, $18. 



C. V. ISrAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



167 




Fig. 253. Horse Cart. 

These Carts are manufactured expressly for plantation and farm use, and are 
made strong for hard service ; may be used with one or two horses, and are so 
arranged as to discharge the load by upsetting it. When supplied with a tongue, 
they may be used with a yoke ot oxen. Pi ice, $40 to $50. 

Farm Wagons. Of all kinds furnished to order. 

Fig. 254. This is the simplest and cheapest form 
of road scraper. We can also furnish the improved 
road sci'aper with wheels. This scraper is elevated by 
a rack and pinion, and is capable of transporting with 
a single horse a cubic yard of dirt. Fig. 254, how- 
ever, is a much che-aper implement and in more 
general use, being better adapted to the ordinary re- 
pair of roads and the removal of earth for shoit dis 
tances. It is also sometimes used as a stone boat, 
and answers the purpose quite as well as the long tim- 
ber stone boat, being much cheaper and more durable. 




Fig-, 2'54. Cast Iron Road Scraper or Ox Shovel. 




Fig. 255. Improved Wheelbarrow. 
Fig. 255 represents the Improved Wheelbarrow, being much stronger than 



168 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGTJE. 

any before made, and extremely light. The hub of the wheel is of iron, contain- 
ing pockets to receive the spokes, and these being attached to an iron axle, cannot 
become deranged from change of figure. An iron shoe attached to the side rails 
passes under the standing legs, thus bracing the frame work thoroughly. Joint 
bolts enter the top of the leg, giving permanency and strength to the mortice. 
All parts are put together with similar joint bolts, enabling the barrow to be 
readily taken apart and packed in a small space for shipment. Of these, we have 
four sizes, as per price list, the smallest size suited for boys' use. 




Fig. 266. Bailroad or Canal Barrow. 

Fig. 256 is a cheap barrow, and calculated for use in the building of railroads 
and canals. In the removal of stones, and other rough uses, this barrow will be 
found useful. Its body or pan is of bent timber, and the whole so thoroughly 
braced by hoop iron judiciously strapped upon it, as to produce the greatest 
amount of strength and the least cost and weight. The bowls may be packed in 
nests of six each, the handles strapped in a bundle, and the wheels and small 
pieces boxed. 




Fig. 267. French Pattern Barrow. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



i6y 



Fig. 257 represents the French pattern barrow, with three wheels. By this 
arrangement the barrow, when heavily loaded, may be moved without the operator 
suspending the weight by the handles. In meeting an impediment, the handles be- 
come levers, by which the single wheel may be lifted as in mounting a curb-stone\ 
For store use this barrow is peculiarly adapted. 



Fig. 258. These are fully 
described by the engraving, 
the darker portions repre- 
senting iron. These trucks 
are used in stores and ware- 
houses for moving boxes, 
bales, etc. Of these we 
have six sizes, varying 
from very light to very 
strong and heavy, as per 
price list. 




Fig. 259. Southern Cotton Truck. 

Fig. 259 represents the Southern Cotton Truck. These are of three sizes, with 
wheels of increased size, as compared with those of 258, and terminating at the 
lower or fulcrum end with flattened points instead of a bar, as in the store truck, 
entering these flattened points beneath the bale of cotton, enables the handles to be 
used as a long lever to raise it with ease. This is a new article and well suited for 
use at cotton presses, etc. 
11 



170 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTBATED CATALOGUE. 



Platform Trucks. 

We also have four sizes of these trucks, with four wheels each and a hinged 
tongue ; the wheels, axles, and tongue being of iron, platform of wood bolted to rear 
axle and front transit bar. 



Wheel-Jacks. 




Fig. 260 is a simply-constructed jack, 
which explains itself as given in the en- 
graying. 



Fig. 260. 




Fig. 261. Wheel Jack. Fig. 262- Cylinder Wagon Jacks. 

Fig. 261. This represents a wheel-jack of a larger size, capable of sustaining 
heavier weights. For still heavier purposes sec Jack-Screw. 

Fig. 262 is a wheel-jack entirely of iron, and of suflScient strength for all the 
uses to which it is likely to be applied. 

The above are very useful articles for greasing wagons, etc. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



171 





Fig. 263. Reed's Patent Jack-Screws. 



Fig. 263. Used for raising build- 
ings or heavy work, and consistrng 
of two screws, one above the other, 
and moving in opposite directions, 
so that the gain is double at each 
revolution of the lever which turns 
them. They are made of various 
sizes — 1|, If, 2, and 2^^ inch, 
and of various lengths. Another 
size, 1^ inch, is made quite light, 
and used principally as a wagon 
jack. Also single screw Jacks. 



Ballard's Patent Jack-Screw. 

These are a superior article, and have met the approbation of the government, 
being now in general use in the United States navy; indeed they have displaced 
jack-screws of most other makers. We have 25 kinds of these screws, varying in 
price from $12 to $50, including the large size clawed jack-screws, railroad, cotton, 
timber, sugar, planking, iron-clamp, and other jack-screws. 

^--^ 
Fig. 264 represents a 

cheap fixture, with a rope, to 

raise water from wells, and 

is admirably adapted for 

raising and lowering light 

weights, as it works with 

despatch. Several sizes. 

Fig. 265. Backet. 

Fig. 265. Well-Bucket, used in connection 
with the Wheel, or any apparatus for drawing 
water from wells. Three sizes. 





Fig. 264. Well Wheel. 



172 



C. Y. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE, 




CAST STEEL SAWS. 








Jig. 266. 

Of these we have every variety, including Hoe <k Co.'s warranted cast-steel and 
extra cast-steel saws. These saws are carefully hardened and tempered, and are 



0. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



173 



groun.' and finished by machinery designed expressly for the purpose, and are much 
superior in truth and uniformity of surface to those ground in the usual manner; 
they require less set, are less likely to become heated, and produce a saving in 
timber. 

We have also extra cast steel gang-mill, cross-cut pit saws, and billett-webbs of 
superior quality, manufactured by R. Hoe & Co. and others. 



Saw Mill. 




Fig. 267. Saw Mill. 



Fig. 26Y. This Mill is made strong, 
with joint-bolts, patent metallic boxes, 
arge and long shaft, and heavy fly- 
wheel, and may be used with the sin- 
gle or double horse-power. A 24-inch 
saw is used ; and with the one-horse 
power and two men, from ten to 
fifteen cords of hard wood may be 
cut twice in two per day, or as much 
soft wood as can be handled. 

The same mill, by changing saws, 
can be used for slitting boards and 
planks for fencing, etc. 



Cotton G-in. 




Fig. 268. Improved Eagle Cotton Gin. 

Of these we have every variety, large and small, or power and hand gins, and 
are ready to supply to order, manufactured by several approved makers. 



174 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Cane Mills. 




Fig. 269. Horizontal Cane Mill. 

Fig. 269 represents the horizontal power Cane Mill, now in general use in Louis- 
iana, Texas, Cuba, and elsewhere. 




Fig. 270. Vertical Cane Mill. 



Fig. 270. A similar mill, with the rollers in a vertical position. Of these we 
re prepared to furnish every size, with or without steain engines, etc. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATEn CATALOGfE. 



Ho 





Fig. 271. 

Fig. 271 represents the usual hand mill for 
crushing sorgham and imphee, and other juice- 
yielding stalks. They are of two sizes, Nos. 1 and 
2, as per price list, page 11 ; the largest is de- 
signed for power. 

Figs. 272 and 273. These mills are used by 
grocers for grinding aud preparing sugars for use 
when taken from the original packages, by which 
process the damp and hard portions are crushed 
and disintegrated, and made to look light and of 
uniform appearance. 

Five sizes of these mills are made, the smallest 
one, for placing on a barrel, as represented by 
Fig. 272, and the larger sizes adjusted to a frame 
or box, and standing on the floor, as represented 
by Fig. 273, from which box the sugar is re- 
moved by the use of a shovel. For sizes and 
prices, see price list, page 11. 



Kg. 272. Sugar Mill. 



1V6 



r. Y. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 273. Sugar Mill on Box. 




Fig. 274. 

Fig. 274 represents Harris' 
Patent Paint Mill, for grinding 
and mixing paints. It is easily 
worked by hand. We have 
three sizes of these mills ; the 
largest is geared for power. 



Brainard's Improved Paint Mills. 





Fig. 275. No. L with Fly Wheel. Fig. 276. No. 2. with Crank. 

These mills are the invention of a practical painter of long experience, and com- 
bine many excellencies, a few of which may be named: 1st. No color, however 
coarse, needs grinding through them more than once to render it fine enouo-h for 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Ill 



any purpose whatever. 2d. They will grind from two to four times the amount of 
paint which can be ground in any other mills in the same time, thereby paying for 
themselves in a very short time. 3d. They do not " throw" when run rapidly. 
4th. The coarse and heavy colors do not settle in them. 5th. The grinding surfaces 
wear perfectly even, and the mills therefore work well until entirely worn out. 6th. 
The principal bearings are of hardened steel, and every part is finished with care 
and accuracy. , 

Four sizes are now made, each differing from the others in the details, and adapted 
for different kinds of work; the general principles, however, are the same in all. 

No. 1, is a mill of medium size, intended for grinding thin colors for coach- 
painters' use, etc. The " runner" is geared to revolve rapidly, and will grind as 
fast as No. 2 when turned by hand. For grinding small quantities of costly colors 
it is doubtless better than a larger mill, but is not so well adapted for grinding the 
thick colors used by house-painters as No. 2. A fly-wheel is furnished when de- 
sired, and also a spare tunnel of small size. 

No. 2, is about double the size of No. 1, and is equally adapted for grinding 
thick or thin colors. It turns as easily as No. 1, and as it does the same work with 
about half the number of revolutions, is of course more durable. Fly-wheels of two 
sizes are made for this mill, and a large tunnel, holding three gallons, when desired. 
Where a small power mill is wanted, this has no equal, and great numbers of them 
are now running by steam, water, and horse power. The pulley can be unscrewed 
and the crank substituted in a moment whenever necessary. 

When paint is ground by hand, the use of a fly-wheel renders the process much 
easier. This remark applies to all paint mills. 




No. 3. This mill is as large as No. 
4, and like that, is intended only as a 
power mill. It will grind as much 
paint as No. 4, provided it is not too 
stiff to feed through a four-inch cir- 
cular aperture. There are knives 
upon the inside of the runner, which 
stir and beat up the color between the 
grinding-plates, and by an original 
contrivance both plates in this and No. 
4 are scraped at every turn, making 
the mill very cleanly in its operation, 
and allowing it to run at any rate of 
speed required. 



Fig. 277. No. 3, with Pulley. 



178 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



No. 4, like No. 3, is intended for paint 
dealers, painted carpet and color manu- 
facturers, etc. Though the grinding-plates 
are no larger than those of No. 3, yet it 
is a much more elaborate affair, and will 
mix as well as ffrind the stiifest colors. 
The tunnel will contain 125 lbs. of lead 
and the oil necessary to mix it. Within 
the tunnel is a mixing apparatus running 
independently of the grinding part, and 
ending in a worm which crowds the 
paint down between the grinding plates, 
keeping them constantly fed, however stiff 
the paint may be. The dry paint and 
oil, therefore, being thrown into the tun- 
nel, is mixed, fed to the grinding plates, 
and ground, at one operation. It will 
grind any color, stiff or thin, in oil or 
water, and may be used as a mixer for 
other mills. One horse power is amply 
sufficient to drive it at a speed of 200 
revolutions a minute, and usually not half 
that power is required after the plates 
become warm. It will mix and grind 
3,000 lbs. of white lead per diem, as stiff 
and fine as the average lead of commerce. 
If ground veri/ fine, this quantity will Fig. 278. No. 4. 

of course be proportionally reduced. When a change of color is to be made, the 
mill can be taken apart, cleaned, and put together again in a very few minutes. 
For such parties as have but a limited amount of power, or do not wish to invest 
much in grinding apparatus, this mill is peculiarly adapted ; while in very large 
establishments, where stone mills are in use, it will be found a useful auxiliary. 




Pig Tronglis. 




Fig. 279. A good article, durable, con- 
venient, and cheap ; arranged to prevent 
the swine from getting their feet into the 
trough, orhinderingweaker ones among 
them from obtaining their portion of 
food, as one cannot drive another out. 



Fig. 279. Iron Pig Trough 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



179 




Fig. 280. Cast Iron Fig Troughs. 

Fig. 280 represents another foim of pig-troughs, of which we have 3 sizes ; the 
lower or main trough may be fastened to the pen by bolts and nuts, leaving the 
conducting troughs to protrude through the siding. 




Fig. 281. Metallic Hog Troughs. 

Fig. 281 is a reversible hog-trough, which, while being filled from the outside 
of the pen, is shut on the inside, thus preventing annoyance from the voracity of 
the inmates. Price $1 50 each. 



180 



C. V, MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Iron Horse Manger. 




Fig- 282. Manger. 

Fig. 282 is so formed as to contain no corners, thus permitting the contents 
to be easily removed and cleansed, preventing souring, accumulation of dust, etc. 
Price $3 00. 

Iron Horse Rack. 




Fig. 283. Hay Back. 

Fig. 283. This ract, like Fig, 282, being made of iron, cannot absorb the virus 
from distemper and other diseases, and therefore is worthy of general use. Price 
03 00. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



181 



AMES' SHOVELS & SPADES. 




^^Tl 




Fig. 284. Fig. 285. Fig. 286. 

The above Shovels and Spades have a world-wide reputation, and we are ready 
to furnish them at manufacturers' prices. Shovels and Spades of various other 
manufacturers will be found in our assortment. Grain Scoops of all sizes. 

Draining Spades will be found under the head of Drainage. 




Fig. 288. Patent Screening Shovel. 

Fig. 288. This peculiar Shovel is well suited for the use of Gas Works, Coal 
Dealers, Miners, etc., etc. 

The advantage of this Shovel to Gas Works, Machinists, and all others who re- 
quire to feed a furnace, is, that by allowing the braize and dirt to be separated from 
the coke or coal, the heat of the fire is better maintained, and clinkers are avoided, 
thus obtaining more heat, and saving labor and the cost of repairs. 



182 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




HOES. 



Op, 



width 



6^ in. 




Fig. 289 represents Six Planters' Hoes of the most ap. 
proved patterns, and of various styles of finish. They are 
made of the best Norway Iron, and English Cast Steel. 
See description at Fig. 291. 



width 




width 



j' I 




mu. 



I 




width 



8iin. 



aiiiiiiiii!! 

width 





J!'jg. a»u 



Fig. 294. 

Fig. 290 represents the Field Hoe, of which we have a 
large assortment of various patterns. The most approved 
are the concave, cast steel, .with either solid shank or 
socket, drawn out under the hammer and tempered like 
a brick trowel ; also, a cheaper variety of hoes, plated, and 
riveted shanks. 

Fig. 291 represents the Planters' Hoe, handled — these 

are very highly finished — full or half polished, either 

solid steel or plated, with the eye round or oval in form 

— from various approved makers, 
in. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



183 



Fig. 292 represents the Bog or Rice Hoe, used for heavy work on the farm 
and plantation, digging unsubdued places, grubbing brambles, etc., etc. 

The above Hoes can be furnished at manufacturers' prices. 

Fig. 293. The Hand Potatoe Digger, and equally applicable to many other pur- 
poses — of these, we have a variety of patterns — square, flat, and oval prongs. 

Fig. 294 represents the Post Spoon, for removing dirt from post holes — 
they are made of iron or steel. 




Fig. 295. Post Anger. 



Fig. 295 represents a Post Auger, used in a way similar to the common augex 
for boring timber, with which post holes are readily made in sand, loam, clay, or 
alluvial soils. 

We have two qualities of Post Augers — malleable Iron, and with steel lips 
— riveted, varying in diameter from 6 to 12 inches. 





Fig. 299. Patridge's Premium Manure Forks. 



Fig. 297. Pick Bog Hoe. Fig. 298. Mattock. 

Fig.299. These are celebrated Forks, 
and considering durability, the cheap- 
est, whether used by the farmer him- 
self or by those employed ; they 
have 4, 6, 8, or 10 tines, and are 
drawn from a solid bar of cast steel, 
without a weld or lap, are so perfectly 
uniform, and of such temper, as to 
possess the most perfect elasticity. 
In addition to the above, we have 



184 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



a great variety of Forks, of various kinds and qualities, by other makers of reputa- 
tion ; also, a peculiarly strong kind of digging or spading forks, with square or flat 
tines, and particularly adapted to the use of market gardeners. 



' GARDEN RAKES. 




Of these, there are various kinds and sizes, made of cast or German steel, highly 
finished, having 6 to 18 teeth ; also, a fine article of Malleable Iron Rake, at lower 
prices ; some of these are of iron, the teeth rivetted into the heads, and sold with 
or without handles ; some with wooden heads and iron teeth, sold only with han- 
dles ; some with Hoe Blades on the opposite side as garden tools for general tvork. 



Fig. 300 represents the Malleable 
Iron Garden Rake, of which we 
have various sizes, of coarse and fine 
teeth. 



Fig. 800. Malleable Iron Garden Rake. 

Fig. 301. This Rake has teeth sharpened on both edges, 
from the lower side, and it is used for raking grass lawns, etc., 
etc., tearing off" the flower-heads or buds of daisies, dandelions, 
and other plants in grass lawns. 

Fig. 302 represents the Hoe Rake, 
with 4 or 6 teeth, having a steel hoe 
blade on one side, and a malleable iron 
rake on the other. We have also a 
superior article made of steel entire. 

Fig. 303. This is a six-toothed Garden 

Rake, very light, with a 15-inch handle, 

with a steel hoe blade, used for weeding 

flower beds, etc., etc. A pretty implement 

rig. 303. for ladies' use. 




C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



185 





Fig. 304. Ladies' Diamond-Pointed Garden Hoe. 

A convenient tool for weeding, loosening, etc., etc. 



Fig. 305 is a very convenient Weeding Hoe, and from 
its peculiar shape, is a good disintegrater in narrow spaces 
between plants. 




Fig. 305. Garden Weeding Hoe. 

Fig. 306. Of these, we have 
various sizes, from 5 to 12 inches 
in width, blades of steel, and shar- 
pened on both front and rear edges 
— they are much approved for 
garden use ; the handle is long. 
Fig. 306 Scuffle or Dutch Hoe. enabling the operator to walk back- 

ward in the same or the next row, and thus to avoid walking on disturbed ground. 

Fig. 307. A light and 
useful tool in the gar- 
den among plants and 

Fig. 307. Ladies' Garden Forks. 

flowers, and in flower pots, etc. — made of steel or malleable iron, and neatly 
finished, having flat and round prongs. 







Figs. 308 & 309. Weeding and Transplanting Trowels 
Figs, 308 and 309. These are weeding and transplanting Trowels of various 
sizes and shapes, narrow and wide, flat and curved, made of cast steel, neatly 
finished and polished— indispensable in every garden for transplanting and weeding 

purposes. 
12 



186 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 





Fig. 310. Garden Tools for Ladies. 
Fig. 310 represents our set of Garden Tools for ladies, such as is generally used 
by ladies in gardening and the cultivation of flowers and shrubs. 

Garden Tools for Children. — This is a smaller set than those represented by 
Fig. 310, and are suited for the use of boys and misses. 

Fig. 311 represents the Garden Reel and Line, a convenient 
article for laying out gardens, walks, etc. We have two sizes. 
Fig. 312 is a cut of a Grass Hook, used for cutting grass 
on borders and banks. It is readily ground and sharpened 
like the scythe. Of these we have 4 sizes. They are an 
excellent corn cutter. 








li 




3U. Garden Beel. 




Fig. 312. Grass Hook. 



Fig. 313. Fitted to a straight handle, and used for paring 
the edges of grass bordering walks, &c. ; also for cutting the 
outlines of sods, which may then be readily raised by the 
spade. 
Fig. 313. Grass Edging Knife. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 187 

Bush, and Bramble Hook, and Bill Hooks. 



Fig. 3 1 4. The Bush or Bram- 
ble Hook has a long handle, and 
is a formidable implement for 
cutting long bushes, briers, etc. 

Figs. 3 1 5 and 3 1 6. Bill Hooks 
are used for cutting small bushes, 
pruning, etc., and are used with 
one hand. 

Of the bush hooks we have a 
variety of patterns. 




Fig. 314. 



Fig. 315. 



Fig. 316. 



Assorted Handles. 



1 



id 




Fig. 317. Sold separate from the entire imple- 
ment for which they are intended, consisting of Fork, 
Hoe, Pick, Adze, Axe, Shovel (long and D), Sledge 
and Hammer Handles. 



188 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALO UE. 



Fig. 318, with the various letters 
and figures for branding merchandise, 
farming tools, etc. 





Tig- 318. Branding Irene. 



Fig. 319. An excellent article for gath- 
ering cranberries, saving the labor of 
many persons. After raking, the berries 
are spread until the chaff is dry, and 
winnowed as grain. These are of 
many sizes, with steel and iron teeth. 



Fig. 319. Cranberry Eake. 




Fruit Gatherers. 

Fio". 320 represents two half-round cups of tin or other light metal, the size of a 

large apple, attached to iron arms 

confined to a light pole, along the 

side of which a strong string passes 

Fig. 320. and is fastened to one arm. When 

this is drawn, it causes the cup to enclose the fruit, which is carried from the upper 

and outermost limbs with safety to the ground. 

Fig. 321. This kind is made of tin or sheet iron, and placed on a handle; 

the stem of the fruit is passed be- 
tween the teeth and forced from the 
limb, and drops into the cup below. 
^^' ■ There are various other kinds. 




Fig. 322. Fruit or Folding Ladder. 

Fig. 322 represents the Fruit or Folding Ladder, showing it both open and shut 
It is a convenient article in orchards; it is made of various lengths; while shut, 
may be set up among the branches of the fruit-tree with facility, and then opened 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



189 



for use. It is strong, yet very light and portable 
6 to 18 feet. 

These ladders are nsefnl in stores, libraries, etc. 

Fig. 323 



They are of all lengths, from 




Fig. 323 Horticultural Tool Chest 



A very useful collection of ar- 
ticles for the use of gentlemen or ladies, 
making up a complete set of Garden 
Tools, consisting of Pruning Saw, Prun- 
ing Chisel, Weeding Hoe, Garden Rake, 
Tree Scraper, and Scuffle Hoe, all of 
which are fitted to one handle, which 
may be screwed together or unscrewed 
as required, packed into the chest, and 
locked up. It also contains Twig Cut- 
ter, Vine Scissors, Flower Gatherers, 
Grafting Chisel, Grafting Hammer, 
Strawberry Fork, Flower Weeder, 
Transplanting Trowel, Weeding Trowel, 
Garden Reel and Line, Grass Shears, 
Sliding Pruning Shears, Pruning Knife 
and Budding Knives, or with more or 



less of these articles as wanted : and all so compact and light as to be easily carried 
about the nursery or garden with one hand, by the handle on top. Chests are 
also fitted up, containing diflferent assortments of tools, at diflferent prices, to order. 




Fig. 324. Nos. 1, 3, and 4 are of con- 
venient form for pruning young trees, 
and are made strong for that purpose. 
No. 2 represents the most ap- 
proved form for budding. The edge 
of the blade is rounded at the point, 
and will shut up as a pocket knife. 
At the other end is a thin flat ivory 
lifter, with which the baric is loos- 
ened and raised, after being cut to 
receive the bud — of these, we have 
a large assortment ; also, leather 
rolls, containing a varietv of blades 
saws, etc., etc., fitting one handle, 
forming a useful suite of pruning 
tools. 



Fig. 324. Pruning and Budding Knives. 



190 



C. V. MAPES' ILLTJSTEATED CATALOGUE. 



Fig. 325. The blade of the 

saw is about 12 inches long, 

attached to the blade of the 
Fig. 325. Pruning Saw and Chisel. ^j^j^^l ^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ to 

the socket of the chisel handle at the other end. The chisel is 3 inches wide by 
4 inches long, made thin and of the best cast steel. A wooden handle of conve- 
nient length is inserted in the socket handle, enabling a person to stand on the 
ground and trim his trees at convenience. 

Fig. 326. This form is most commonly used, 
and is of various sizes, with fine teeth ; it is 
usually from 12 to 18 inches long. We have 
another form of saw, which we prefer to No. 
326 — it is wide on the edge, thin at the back, and the form of teeth is such as not 
to rag or separate the bark from the wood — the width is less than one inch, and of 
any required length. 




Fig. 326- Pruning Saw. 



G-rafting Chisels or Knives. 




Fig. 327. 
Fig. 327 represents a common Grafting Chisel. The wide edge is used for split- 
ting the stock after being cut off with a pruning saw ; the two pointed ends are 
used to open the same to receive the scions. 




Fig. 328. Grafting Knife. 

Fig. 328 is an improved Grafting Chisel or Knife, and is capable of being held 

more steadily when splitting the stock. 

Fig. 329. This article is attached to 
a pole, and operates by means of a lever 
moved by a cord and pulley ; its use is to 
enable a person standing on the ground 
to prune trees, some of the branches of 
which could not, perhaps, be pruned by 
any other process. Branches of one inch 
in diameter may be easily cut off with 
this instrument. Avarrancators of small 
size are also very useful in cutting off from 

shade and fruit-trees small branches to which insects have attached themselves; 




Fig. 329. Avarrancator, or Pole Pruning Shears. 



C. V. MA pes' illustrated CATALOGUE. 



191 



they are also used for gathering fine fruits, which, when cut, will fall into a basket 
attached to the instrument when used for this purpose ; and for cutting scions and 
buds, which it is always important to take from the top branches. 

Lopping or Branch Shears. 






Fig. 330. 



Fig. 331. 



Fig. 332. 



Fig. 330 is very strongly made, with long wooden handles, and is used for cutting 
large branches from trees, shrubbery, hedges, etc. 

Fig. 331. These differ from the lopping or branch shears, in having a movable 
center for the motion of one of the blades, by which means, instead of a crushing 
cut they make a draw cut, leaving the section of the part attached to the tree or 
shrub smooth, as if cut with a knife ; they are also much lighter and better finished 
than the lopping shears. 

Fig. 332. These are small, light, and neatly finished, and very useful for trim 
ming box-trees and bushes, as well as for other purposes. 



G-arden or Hedge Shears. 




Fig. 333 represents a garden or 
hedge shear, useful for cutting grass 
borders or trimming hedges ; the 
blades are 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 inches 
long. 



Fig. 333. Garden and Hedge Shears. 



192 



C. V. MAPBS' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 334. Garden Shears, notched. 



Fig. 334. These have the pruning 
notch, which is of considerable ad- 
vantafje when used for trimminff 
hedges or shrubbery, as it enables 
the operator to cut much stronger 
twigs than would otherwise be cut 
by these shears. 




Fig. 336. Ladies' Pruning Shears, 
article for ladies' use. They are 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 inches long, 



Fig. 335. These are chiefly used for trimming 
the sides of box and grass edgings, and are con- 
structed so that the operator may stand upright 
while using them. They have a wheel attached, 
which is generally considered an advantage. 



Fig. 336, with wood handles, are handsomely 
and lightly made; they are very useful in trim- 
ming shrubbery, etc., which is too large to be 
cut by the hand-shears. 
Fig. 337. These are 

adapted to pruning 

flowers, etc., cutting 

small twigs and are a 

very useful and cheap ^S' 337- Pruning with Bows. 





Fig. 338. Vine Scissors. 



Fig. 338. Used for thinning out grapes when 
they have grown too closely on the branch ; also, 
for removing superfluous leaves, twigs, etc., from 
vines of any kind. 




Fig. 339. Flower Gatherer, 
part which acts as pincers till deposited in a receptacle. 



Fig. 339. A pair of scissors combining tweezers 
or pincers ; they are of great advantage in gathering 
roses and other flowers which have thorny stems, 
as the flower cut by the scissors is held fast by that 




Figs. 340- 



Fig. 340 represents the 
sliding shears, and Fig. 341 
a French pattern which do 
not slide. Both are strong, 
light, and convenient.. 
Sliding Shears or Twig Cutter. 




Fig. 341. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



193 




Fig. 342. Pruning Shears. New Pattern.— Cast Steel. 




Fig, 343. Of various sizes 
Mild of various materials, as 
brass, Britannia, block tin, In- 
dia-rubber, &c. For watering 
Fig. 343. Garden Syringe. the leaves and branches of trees, 

shrubs, and greenhouse plants, or destroying noxious insects by using various 
liquids, they are found to be very useful, and are extensively employed in flower- 
gardens, nurseries and hot-houses, etc. 




Fig. 344. Vose's Patent Hand Garden Engine. 

Fig. 344 represents a new style of Garden Engine, to be worked by hand ; the 
operator places his right foot in the stirrup, and works the handle with the right 
hand ; the short hose may be placed in a pail of water, and the long hose, held by 



194 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



the left hand and terminating in a nozzle, permits the exit of the water. This 
simple contrivance will throw 300 gallons or more of water per hour to a distance 
of 40 feet, and when furnished with a distributing-rose, is far superior to any other 
contrivance for watering plants. As a fire annihilator it is extremely useful, par- 
ticularly in the country. It may be used for washing carriages, windows, etc. See 
description of the Aquarius, fig. 439, page 241. 



Fig. 345 represents the ordinary Watering 
Pot. Of these we have a variety of kinds 
and sizes, with the several kinds of rose 
required for garden use, mushroom-beds, 
etc. 




Fig. 345. Waterlog Pot. 




^^^^ Fig. 346. A very convenient article 
for scraping and smoothing the bark of 
trees. It is simply a triangular plate of 
Fig. 346, Tree Scraper. cast steel, each edge being four inches 

long, and attached to a short iron socket, through the centre, with a nut and screw, 
and a long or short wooden handle is fitted in the socket when used. 

We have ship scrapers of a similar shape, for scraping floors, butchers' benches, etc. 




Fig. 347, Floor Scraper. 
Fig 347. Used for cleaning the floors of groceries, markets, and other public places. 



Fig, 348. Corn Knife. 

Fig. 348 is a Corn Knife, used in the field for topping or cutting the stalks from 
their roots. 



C. V. MAPES ILLU6TEATED CATALOGUE. 



195 




Fig. 349. Com Cutter, 
Fig. 349 is used for the same purpose as the above. 




Fig. 360. Hay Enife. 
Fig. 350. A Hay Knife, used for cutting down mows or stacks of Hay. 




Fig. SSL Straw or Tee-- :-: . l 
Fig. 351. A kind of knife in general use for the plain or common cutting-box, 
and capable of being used with any analogous arrangement. 



196 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Figs. 352, 353, 354, 355, 356. 

These figures represent the Cane Knives used in Cuba, South America, and else- 
where, and of which we have various other sizes and patterns. 




Fig. 357. Machetes. 
Fig. 35'7 represents Machetes, or Cane Cutters, of eight different shapes and sizes. 
All the above are made of the best cast steel, and are highly finished. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



191 



Axes, Hatchets, and Hammers. 

Until within a few years these tools were all manufactured abroad, and the arti- 
sans who made them were prevented by law from leaving for the United States ; 
but despite this ungenerous policy, American ingenuity has prevailed, and even 
the English colonies are now supplied with the best tools of tlic.se kinds from this 
country. 



AXES. 



Axes manufactured by Hunt, Collins, and others, of various patterns and sizes. 




Fig. 358. 



Fig. 359. 



Fig. 358. Boys' Axe, handled. 
" 359. Hand Axe or Hatchet. 




Fig. 360. Handled Axe. 





Figs. 361. 



362. 




Fig. 361. Spanish pattern of Axe. 
" 362. Kentucky pattern of Axe. 
" 363. New England pattern of Axe. 



198 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTEATBD CATALOGUE. 

HATCHETS. 




Figs. 364, 

Fig. 364. Shingling Hatchet. 
" 365. Claw Hatchet. 
" 366. Broad Hatchet. 





NAIL HAMMERS, 





Fig. 367. 



Fig. 368. 



Fig. 36*7. Common nail, of solid cast steel or steel face. 
" 368. Adze-eye hammer, very strong. 

Stone Hammers. — Of these we have every variety, which will be furnished to 
order. 

Fig. 369 represents Coe's Patent Screw Wrenches. They are of various sizes 
and finish, as follows : 

6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 18 and 21 inches. Bright. 10, 12, 15, 18, and 21 inches, Black. 

By the arrangement and proportions of the parts, these wrenches are acknowl- 
edged to be the most convenient, efiicient, and the strongest now made, and having 
been long in use and fully proved, are favorably known among our mechanics, 
manufacturers, and dealers. 

The screw which moves the sliding jaw is expeditiously and easily operated by 
the thumb of the hand that grasps the handle, and the space between the jaws is 
adjusted to the size of the nut or screw to be turned, under any circumstances, 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUB. 



199 




Fig. 369, Coe's Patent Screw Wrenches, 
more easily without than with assistance of the other hand, which may be necessarily 
otherwise employed. 

By placing the screw that moves the traversing jaw by the side of the shank, or 
main bar of the wrench, the full size and strength of the bar is attained. 



"The Universal" Wrench. 

PATENTED JANUARY 24tH, 1860. 

Combining with the ordinary screw wrench, the power of gripping a round bar 
in a manner never before successfully attained. 

" The Universal " Wrench is the invention of an engineer in the United States 
navy, who has long felt the necessity of having a tool like this, to supply a want 
experienced by all mechanics — of a wrench which, while perfectly applicable to all 
the purposes of the best screw wrenches, shall have the power of gripping firmly 
any cylindrical object, such as a bolt or worn nut, where the ordinary wrench is 
of no avail — and which can be sold at a low price. This combination has never 
before been attained, except in a tool too complicated and expensive ever to come 
into general use, 

"The Universal" presents very nearly the same general appearance as the screw 
wrenches in most extensive use, but the jaws have a gripping motion toward each 
other, and being partly faced with a serrated steel plate, hold, with the greatest 
firmness, any cylindrical object placed between them, without the slightest atten- 
tion on the part of the person using the wrench — the gripping motion being per- 
fectly automatic. At all other times the wrench is precisely the same as the best 
description now in ordinary use. Combining as simply as this tool does, such im- 
portant requisites at a low price, it is confidently offered to the attention of the 



200 



c. V. M apes' illfsteated catalogue. 



trade and of meclianics generally. We are prepared to fill orders to any extent 
at manufacturers' prices. 

8 in., $12. 10 in., $14. 12 in., $16. 15 in., $26. 
For further description of Wrenches, see page 224. 



UNDERDRAINING TOOLS, TILE MACHINES, &c. 



Underdraining may be viewed as the greatest of modern improvements. It 
secures the farm from drouth, enables larger crops to be raised with a less amount of 
fertilizing material, permits the soil to be worked with less expense, ameliorates its 
quality, presents all the necessary conditions for chemical change among its par- 
ticles, gives a longer season to farming operations, and augments the profits of 
farming far beyond the cost of the improvement. For full instructions as to 
methods of underdraining and the advantages arising therefrom, see Working 
Farmer. 

Pratt's Ditching Machine. 

This machine is worked by a single team, and is capable of digging fifty rods or 
more per day, in soils of ordinary quality, and to a depth of three and a half feet. 
It removes the earth, placing it on each side of the ditch, and of any required width 
of cut. 

Mapes' Lifting Subsoil Plow. 

This implement is also used for cutting ditches. It acts like a horizontal pick, 
loosening the earth for a few inches, which may be repeated even to a depth of five 
feet. 

For a full description and its use, see Working Farmer. 




Rg. 372. Salisbury's Patent Tile-MaMng Machine, 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



201 



Fig. 372. This machine embraces a new principle in the art of tile and brick 
making, doing away with the use of the pug mill or mixing apparatus. The clay 
is received in the hopper represented on the top of the machine, and is caused to 
pass between the large center roller and the upper roller, impinging upon its 
periphery, and the clay is thus pressed into a thin sheet, which is received between 
the first and second outer rollers, then passing the second roller is again manipulated, 
and so on until it is delivered through the throat or mould in front in the perfect 
form of the mould required ; all of which may be done with clay as it leaves the 
bank without admixture with water. The same facts apply to the brick made by 
this machine, aud the pressure exerted is so great as to give results more solid than 
when made by the ordinary machines. It may be moved by one or more horses' 
power ; the amoimt of tile delivered depending upon the amount of force applied. 




Fig. 373. Caryl's Patent Brick and Tile Machine. 
Fig. 373 is a recent invention, and capable of working clays of very indiiferent 
qualities ; requires no mixing apparatus other than what is contained within itself. 
The clay is received in the hopper, and, by the action of an auger, is fully manip- 
ulated, and at the same time forced forward, while in this plastic state, through the 
throat of the machine and die, presenting a highly-finished perfect tile of any of the 
forms required. The apparatus for cutting oft' the tile or brick to the proper lengths 
is similar to that represented in Fig. 372. The machine is not subject to derange- 
ment, and is the simplest mode yet invented for availing of the whole amount of 
power in manipulating and pressing the clay, presenting the least possible amount 
of friction with the greatest pressure as a result. The brick made by this machine, 
unlike those pressed in moulds, is not hard at the surface with a soft center, but of 
even texture throughout the mass. 
13 



202 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Tig. 374 



1-. 375. 



Fig. 376. 



Figs. 374, 375, 376. Of these we have every variety of form and size, including 
collars vphen required, silt-basins, etc. 

Fig. 377 represents the spades used in underdraining; in addition to those 
represented we have a variety of levelling tools, scoops, and others, for finishing 
last cut prior to depositing the tile in place ; they include all the tools used by the 
English drainers, with a few improvements introduced in the Central Park, New 
York, and elsewhere. 




Fig, 377. Draining Tools. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE, 



203 



GARDEN ENGINES, PUMPS, ETC. 




Fig. 378. Fire and Garden Engine. 

Fig. 378 represents a Garden Engine arranged on wheels, so that it can be moved 
by one man, even when filled with water. The force pump is supplied with an air 
chamber, so as to insure a steady stream without intermission, rendering it efficient 
for garden and nursery use, destruction of insects on trees, extinguishing fires, etc. 
The box will contain 50 gallons, and the force is suflScient for the wetting of roofs 
in case of fire. 

Fig. STO. The box of this engine will hold 40 gallons ; the engine has handles 
and cast-iron wheels, so that one person 
can move it, and will throw water 70 feet 
horizontally, and 40 feet high, with one 
person to work it. It is well calculated 
for watering gardens, washing windows, 
destroying worms on trees or shrubbery, . 
protecting buildings against fire from other 
buildings, etc. This engine is useful to 
horticulturists, and particularly service- 
able in drought for watering gardens, nur- 
series, etc. It is extremely simple in con- 
struction, and easily worked. ^ . 

•' Fier. 379. Garden Eugiae. 




204 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Vose's Patent Garden Engine and Fire-Annihilator ; for a description of this 
simple and cheap implement see Fig. 344. 



Fig. 380 represents the molasses or hot- 
water pump. Of these we have several sizes, 
both of brass and iron, those of brass being 
particularly suited to fluids of acid tendencies, 
being less corrosive than iron, 
No. 1 of 3^ inch bore, suitable for 2 inch pipes. 
"24 " " 2^ " 

" 3 4| " " 3 " 

The top and brake or handle revolves round 
to any point most convenient for use. 





Fig. 380. Molasses or Hot-Water Pump. 



Fig. 381. Iron Pump. 



Fig. 381. These pumps are of simple construction, and every part perfectly fitted. 
They are so made that they may be taken apart and access gained to all the valves 
without taking up the pipes or even detaching the platform to which the pump is 
fastened. 

It will be seeti, from their simple and convenient construction, that the whole 
pump may be taken apart, examined, and repaired if needed, and replaced ready for 
operation in a few minutes, and that without the use of tools. The spout may be 
made to revolve simply by loosening the upper part of the stock, which will enable 
the spout to be placed in any desired position, which is a great convenience when 
the pump is to be placed in the corner of a room, and renders the same pump applica- 
ble for various locations. To avoid freezing, the water may be let out of the pump by 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



205 



raising the brake to its extreme height. These pumps will draw water as well 
horizontally as perpendicularly. 

No. 1, 2 inch bore, 5 inch stroke. 

" 2, 2^ " 6 « 

" 3, 2| " 6 " 

" 4, 3 " 6 « 

" 5, 31 " 6 

For Nos. 1 and 2 use 1^ inch pipe. For Nos. 3, 4, and 5 use 1^ inch pipe. 



Fig. 382 represents a pump intended for wells of twenty-five 
feet depth and less ; it is large and strong, and well calculated 
for an out-door pump. It is constructed so as to throw water 
with great ease and rapidity. The whole pump being made 
of iron, we can safely say that it is a durable and desirable 
pump for wells. The piston and valves are placed in the lower 
end of the pump, which is about three feet below the base. At 
the upper end of the cylinder we place a small hole, which 
allows the water to drain out of the pump, above the hole, 
when it is not in operation ; this prevents the possiblity of its 
freezing in winter. We arrange this pump for wood, lead, 
zinc, or iron pipe, as may be desired. 

For No. 1 of this kind use 1^ or If inch pipe. For No. 2 
use 2 inch pipe. 



Fig. 382. Yard Pump. 



206 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Fig. 383 is a simple force pump for elevating and 
forcinor vvater into upper rooms, by the attacliraent of pipe 
to the nozzle or upper tube. Of these we have several 
sizes. 



The American Pump. 

WITHOUT STJOTION — WITHOUT PACKING. PATENTED APEIL 5 TH, 1859. 





Fig. 383. Iron Force I*ump. 
Fig. 384 is a perspective view, 
and Fig. 385 a section of the work- 
ing parts, described, as iol- 
lows. 

The pump is attached to a 
board or scantling, A, secured to 
the side of the well or otherwise, 
as may be desired, and is worked 
by a handle, to which, at equal 
distances from the center, two 
rods, F, are connected by a turn- 
buckle, their other ends being con- 
nected to the moving lever, E, of 
the pump, which works on a pin, 
^^•^^^' G. This lever, E, is T-shaped, and 

moves through a space, I, in the air-chamber, H, cast to receive it. The pump- 
barrel, B, has closed ends, D, and the double piston, C, with its valves, J, works 
horizontally therein. K K are the valves of the air-chamber. The operation is 
as follows: 

The pump is immersed in water, and the handle being given a recipro- 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTEATED CATALOGUE. 



201 



eating motion, the T-piece, E, receives a similar one tli rough the rods, F. This 
gives the piston a horizontal back and forth motion, at each of which it takes 

in a quantity of water and forces 
it into the air-chamber, and thence 
through the pipe upward to any 
height. To this pipe a hose is 
here attached to show how it 
throws water, etc. 

One of these pumps may be 
seen working successfully in this 
city and elevating water 70 feet. 
We have 5 sizes. Circulars will 
be sent on application, giving full 
particulars of cut, etc. 




Fig. 385. 





fuiii.vAN rial'' 



Tig. 386. 







Fig. 387. 



Figs. 386 and 3S7 are Iron Well Curbs, representing the forms usually adopted 
for chain pumps. 



208 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 388 represents the Endless-Chain Pump, which 
is a very cheap and expeditious method of raising 
water perpendicularly from wells, cisterns, etc. 

They are very much less liable to get out of order 
than other pumps, and cannot freeze in the most ex- 
posed locations. 

As here represented, the pump has zinc tubing, 
but since the wooden tubing has been made from the 
solid stick it has been more generally used. 

We can furnish these pumps of a variety of sizes 
and patterns, some highly ornamented. 




Fig- 389. Improved Wheels and Fixtures for Chain Fnmps. 

Fig. 389 represents the improved wheels and fix- 
tures for chain pumps. They are a very perfect and 
superior article, and most admirably adapted for the 
purpose required. The wheel which we are now 
making has eight more bearings or arms (on which 
the chain can rest in revolving) than shown in the 
cut, causing it to work more "steadily and with less 
friction and wear on the tubing. 

These can be furnished separately from the chain 
tubing, etc. 



Fig 388 Endless-Cham Fump. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



209 



WATER RAMS. 



Fig. 390 represents tbe more recent form of Water Ram as now made, and of 
which we have 6 sizes. 




Fig. 390. 



IE 



I 




Fig. 391. Explanation. — H is the 
brook, spring, or fountain ; C, the sup- 
ply or drive pipe ; G, the pipe which 
conveys a part of the water from the 
drive pipe to the place where wanted ; 
A, the air-chamber of the ram ; E, top 
of the brass valve ; D, water wasting 
through the valve, by which the power 
of the ram is secui'ed. 



fig. 391. Water Earn, or Self-Acting Elevator. 



210 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTIlzVTED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 392. Water Ram,— Sectional view. 

The simplicity of the operation of this machine, together with its effectiveness 
and very apparent durability, render it decidedly an important and valuable appa- 
ratus for forcing a portion of a running stream of water to any distance and elevation 
proportioned to the fall obtained. 

It is applicable where no more than 18 inches fall can be obtained, yet the 
greater the fall applied, the higher may the water be conveyed — the quantity raised 
varying in proportion to the height with a given fall. 

Wherever a large spring, or a limited but constant stream, is at hand, by which 
a fall of four or five feet may be produced, by building a dam or otherwise, a con- 
siderable portion of the water of such stream may be raised to a perpendicular 
height of more than 100 feet by its own power. Thus, a stream in a deep valley, or 
a river, or brook, situated some distance below a point where it is desired to have a 
cistern or reservoir, may be made to raise itself by one of these machines. From 
such a cistern or reservoir the water may be conveyed to any part of the premises 
of a lower yard, and applied to the purposes of irrigation, the watering of stock, the 
supply of manufactories, or for domestic or ornamental use. By this means, lawns 
may be kept fresh and green through the driest weather, fields and gardens may be 
irrigated, fountains be kept playing, and public buildings, hospitals, hotels, private 
dwellings, and manufactories maybe copiously supplied with water in their highest 
apartments. 

The proprietors furnish these machines to order, of 6 sizes, and at a moderate 
cost. They will raise from 5 to 50 gallons per minute. 



The plate. Fig. 393, represents the various tools used in securing the ice-crop. 
The tools used in this business are its own, peculiar and beautiful, of great variety, 
and some of them costly, but very effective. The ice-cutter alone has been esti- 
mated as of the annual value, to the ice-cutting business of the Northern United 
States, of twenty thousand dollars. 

In the engraving. No. 1 is the marker, No. 2, the plow or cutter; No. 3, the 
hand cutter; No. 4, grappling tongs ; No. 5, the grooving bar ; No. 6, the ice-chisel ; 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



211 



Ice Tools. 




Tig 393. Ice Tools. 



212 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



No. 7, the ice-hook; No. 8, the hand-saw; No. 9, the axe; No. 10, the tongs for 
hoisting ice ; No. 11, smaller hoisting tongs ; and No. 12, the ice-plane. 

The ice business is peculiar to this country ; the proprietors of the ice-houses 
of the northern and eastern states supply the British and other East Indies, the 
West Indies, South America, and indeed the whole southern w^orld, with this lux- 
ury. This business may be viewed as the exponent of American ingenuity and 
enterprise, rendering the very latitudes a cause for enterprise. 



Wind Mills. 




Fig. 394. Halladay's Patent Self-regulating 
Wind Engine. 



Fig. 394. The attention of 
planters, superintendents of rail- 
roads, and scientific engineers gen- 
erally, is called to Halladay's Pat- 
ent Self-regulating Wind Engine, 
which is now in successful opera- 
tion on some of the most noted rail- 
roads in this country. They are also 
in use in nearly every state in the 
Union, supplying public and private 
houses, fish-ponds, fountains, farm- 
yards, stock-pastures, etc., with run- 
ning water. 

It is now six years since our first 
wind engines were put in operation, 
and not a single failure has ever 
come to the knowledge of the in- 
ventor. We believe there are but 
few wind engines ever offered to the 
public, which, in the variable ve- 
locities of the wind, are as fully 
under the control of a governor or 
an attendant, as is the steam engine. 
The wind-wheel as heretofore con- 
structed, revolved with such veloci- 
ty in high winds, that it soon de- 
stroyed itself, or greatly injured any 



kind of machinery attached, besides requiring the constant care of an attendant. 
Repeated experiments on railroads and farms in various parts of the country, had 
nearly discouraged the use of the wind as a motive power, until Halladay's Wind 
Engine was introduced. 

The above-named difficulties are now entirely obviated, for, by a simple yet in- 
genious device, as the wind increases, the sails or wings gradually change from 
the angle at which they were set for a common breeze, presenting less and less 
surface or resistance to the wind, till finally, when the tempest is at its height, 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



213 



little is presented to its power except their thin edges ; consequently, the steady, 
uniform motion produced, renders the mill and machinery moved by it, as safe 
and durable as that carried by a water-wheel. A simple arrangement is made, 
whereby this wind engine stops itself when the cisterns are full, and starts itself 
again immediately when the water is drawn down a few inches. 

Fig. 395. This Mill is ingenious, 
simple, and a perfect regulator of its 
own motion. It sprea Is a wide sail to 
a light breeze, and a small surface to a 
heavy one — the direct force of the wind, 
combined with the centrifugal force gen- 
^\/ crated in the sails themselves, being 
made use of for governing the velocity 
of the mill. 

Each of the arms or radii of the wind- 
wheel is furnished with a fan, or broad 
surface to receive the wind. The ob- 
liquity of the fans to the wind governs 
Fig. 396. Brown's Vermont Wind Mill. the velocity of the wind-wheel ; and the 
velocity of the wind-wheel governs the obliquity or angle of the fans to the 
wind. Each fan or sail, with the attachments which secure it to the arm, may 
be regarded as a sliding toeight, and as such performs the same functions as the 
weight upon the arm of the common steam-governor. Any increased velocity 
gives this weight an outward tendency, and while in the act of so doing, a helical 
slot slides against a strong steel pin made fast in the arm, and causes the weight 
or fan to become more oblique and expose less surface to the wind. When the 
velocity is sufficiently reduced, a coiled steel spring causes the fan to return to its 
former position. 

The wind-wheel is therefore a governor whose revolving weights take the form 
of broad flat surfaces to receive the wind, thus making it in the simplest manner, 
and with the intervention of the least possible mechanism, both motor and gov- 




The mill may be stopped, or put in position for starting, with ease and in a few 
seconds, and can be easily managed and kept in order — thus furnishing the means 
of using the almost unlimited power of the wind for pumping water, for irrigating 
or draining land, watering cattle, or for house purposes ; raising it from ponds, 
reservoirs, running streams or, deep wells ; for grinding or threshing and cleaning 
all kinds of grain ; cutting fodder, sawing wood, or driving any ordinary machinery. 

Ericsson's Caloric Engine. 

It has been long an admitted adage among engineers that " when less than five 
horses' power is required, that steam cannot be used with profit ;" and it has re- 
mained for the great mind of Captain Ericsson to supply a motor which may be 
used for any amount of power from that of one man to that necessary for the 
more extensive uses. 



214 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 




Fig. 396. Ericsson's Caloric Engine. 
We are now prepared to supply the Caloric Engines of various sizes, from 12 
inches diameter of cylinder to 42 two-inch twin cylinders. These engines cost more 
than steam engines of the same power, but the expense of running them is ma- 
terially less ; so that when the first cost and expense of running them are both 
taken into the account, they are much cheaper than steam engines. There being 
no boiler, no explosion can take place, and no engineer is required to work them ; 
the parts affected by wear are easily renewed at small expense, and the cost of 
fuel docs not exceed one-tenth of that usually consumed by steam engines of sim- 
ilar power. Their use does not increase the rate of insurance as with steam en- 
gines. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



215 




Steam Engines of all sizes and kinds made 
to order. 

Fio". 397 represents this peculiarly cheap 
bell, which is rendered sonorous by a mix- 
ture of other metals with iron, and the mass 
is not only sufficiently homogeneous to give 
the necessary function — production of 
sound — but at a cost materially less than 
when made of the usual bell metal. 

These as farm bells are efficient, and we 
have them of various sizes, from $8 to 



G-arden Ornaments. 



Fif. 399 is an iron vase, bronzed, white, or of the 
material color of the metal. 




Fig. 401. 




"Fig, 400. Washington Vase. 



Figs 401. and 402. Garden Borders. 



216 



C. V. MAPES rLLUSTRATED CATAXOGUE. 



Fig. 400 is known as the Washington Vase. We have a variety of patterns of 
vases, inchiding the Warwick, Etruscan, etc. 

Figs. 401 and 402 represent two patterns of Garden Borders. Price 16 to 20, 
cents per foot. 

Fig. 403 is so arranged that a piece of locust, cedar, or 
other durable wood may be inserted in the lower end, so as 
to increase its length for insertion into the ground. 




rig. 403. Iron Horse Post- 



Fig. 404. Weather Vanes. 

Fig. 404 represents a weather vane, of which we have a 
great variety, viz.: Darts, 3 sizes; Deer, 2 sizes; Fancy, 
6 sizes ; Horse, 3 sizes ; Horse and Gig, Leaping Horse* 
Rearing Horse, Greyhounds, Peacocks, 2 sizes ; Rooster, 3 
sizes; Cow, 2 sizes; Ox, 2 sizes; Plow, Locomotive, Church, 
4 sizes, etc., all made of copper, representing the objects 
in double bas-relief, brazed together at the edges, and oil- 
gilt so as not to tarnish by exposure. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTEATED CATALOGUE. 



21^ 





Fig. 405. Barn-door Roller and Hangers. 
Fig. 405, Barn-door rollers and hangers of different sizes, varying 
from 2 to 15 inches in diameter; also, cast-iron track or way for 
rollers to run upon. 





Fig. 406. Tobacco Cutter. 




Fig. 406 is used for subdividing 
Cavendish tobacco for retailing pur- 
poses. 



Fig. 407. Coflfee Roaster. Of 
these we have two sizes, 7 and 9 
inch: a convenient contrivance for 
roasting coffee; it may be placed 
over a lire, or over an opening in the 
kitchen range, and turned by hand. 
Price $1 25 and $1 50 each. 



Fig. 407. Patent Globe Coffee Boaster. 




Figs. 408 and 409. Eat and Game Traps. 



Figs. 408 and 409. Of these we have a large assortment, including fox, wood- 
chuck, musk-rat, common steel rat-traps, etc. ; also, Colt's pistol traps, so Arranged 
that when the bait is attacked by animals, the pistols are fired, ensuring the death 
of the animal ; suited for bears, wolves, etc. 
14 



218 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Wash-ing Machines. 



Among the labor-saving machines, those for washing are entitled to considera- 
tion, particularly in the country, where extra labor is both costly and difficult to 
procure. 




Fig. 410. Metropolitan Washing Machine. 

Description. — Fig. 410 shows the implement set up and in operation, a is the 
tub, 26 inches high, and 24 inches in diameter at the top, and 21 inches at the 
bottom. The tub stands upon the base-board, b. The pounder, c, is made up of 
a series of 16 smaller pounders or pestles, ^:). One of them is shown enlarged at P. 
These pass loosely through c, being held from dropping out by small brass pins. 
A strong spiral brass spring, w, keeps them down as far as the spring across the 
top will permit. It will readily be seen that when brought down forcibly upon 
clothing in the tub, the small pestles or pounders will yield, by compressing the 
springs, iv. This effectually pi'events tearing the fabrics washed, breaking buttons, 
etc. We tried letting the mass of pestles strike down upon the foot with consid- 
erable fc>i'ce, and it scarcely produced a. painful sensation. We can say that 
there is certainly a great saving of buttons and in the wear of garments, when 
they are washed with a series of yielding spring pestles like those here shown. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



219 



This separate arrangement of independent pestles divides the force, so that the 
inequalities upon a mass of clothing in the tub are fitted by the yielding springs. 
Again, the surface of the water is so broken up that there is none of that splash- 
ing which occurs when a broad single pestle is struck down. In several trials we 
found it next to impossible to splash the water over the sides of the tub. 

The pestle, or combination of pestles, is hung at c? (fig. 1), on a double cord, r, 
which can be shortened by simply twisting it. This cord is stretched between 
the upper ends of two wooden sprim/s,s ft. These springs are thin strips of tough 
wood set loosely into mortices in the base-board, b, so that they can be taken out 
when not in use. To show its construction, we have in the cut elevated the pounder 
above the surface of the tub, though in ordinary use it is not raised so high. 

Fig. 3 shows the springs, base-board, and pestle packed into the tub, and the 
whole set aside. It occupies no more space than the width of the tub (2^ feet), 
and the height of the springs (6 feet). 




Fig. 411. Wringing Machine. 

The whole operation is simple and eftective. The batch for washing is 25 to 30 
yards of cloth, or say eight or ten shirts, or their equivalent in other garments. 
Our first trial was upon a lot of bed-quilts being washed and put away for sum- 
mer, and these at once brought out the capabilities of the machine for heavy work. 



220 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



The springs throw up the pestle well, and it works so easily that a woman of only 
moderate strength is able to give it the requisite motion and forcible blow, and still 
stand in an erecl position. 

The Attachment, for removing water from the clothes, entirely dispenses with 
wringing, by passing the clothes between elastic rollers. It is done five times as 
fast as clothes can be wrung by hand, and removes the water so thoroughly that 
the clothes dry in one hour on the line. It is easily operated, and does not injure 
the cloth. 

Fig. 41 1 represents the Wringing Machine referred to above, which fully ex- 
plains itself. 




Fig. 412 represents the Wringing 
Machine attached to a common tub — 
it may be placed on the Washing Ma- 
chine if desired, and materially abates 
the labor of washing. The Washing 
Machine and Wringer are sold at $10 
each. 



Fig. 412. Wringing Machine and Tub. 




Fig. 413, 



Washing 



Fig. 413 represents this new style of Washing 
Machine. It consists of a metal cylinder, with cleets 
on the inner surface, and an interior cylinder of wood 
with cleets. There is a space of from six to eight 
inches between the two cylinders. One crank turns 
both cylind&rs at the same time in opposite direc- 
tions, rapidly creating suds, forcing the water through 
the clothes, and effectually removing the dirt. 

These are of 3 sizes, at |12, |14, and $16 each. 



Patent Portable Mangle. 

Fig. 414 is an admirable Mangle for mangling linen or cotton clothes, and the 
results are every way superior to the ordinary ironing process with heated irons. 
The rollers are operated upon by weights and levers contained in the lower or 
closed part of the case, and exercise a pressure, when in use, of many tons. For 
ironing bed and table linen, towels, etc., it is without an equal, and when closed, 
forms a sightly piece of furniture. Cost $40. 




Fig. 414. Patent Portable Mangle. 

Bee-Hives. 




Fig. 415. Explanation of Cat, — 
AAA store boxes; B, brood 
box ; C C, air space around the 
brood box ; D, feed box. 

This hive has been constructed 
with reference to the greatest prof- 
it of the bee-keeper, and the 
protection of the bees from the 
moth and storms. The brood box, 
and also the store boxes, are all 
enclosed within a neat, well-made 
cottage house. The brood box, or 
hive, is placed upon the floor, some 
six inches from the foundation on 
which the cottage stands. 

We have a large variety of 

'^ patent and improved bee-hives. 

W Price $2 50 to $5 00. 



Fig. 415. French's Bee Cottage. 



222 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Improved Boring Macliine. 




Fig. 416. Improved £oring Macliine. 

Fig. 416. Used for framing buildings, cars, bridges, etc. This machine is 
attached to the top of the timber that is to be bored, and the workman seats him- 
self across it, operating the auger by turning the two cranks, one with each hand, 
and performs a much greater amount of work, more perfectly, and with more ease 
than can be done by the laborious operation of turning the common auger. By 
shipping a gear, and the same motion of the cranks, the auger is quickly drawn 
out, leaving the hole clear of chips. It is neatly finished, light, and portable, and 
but two feet three inches long, and two feet high. 

A set of augers are fitted to each machine, comprising 1, li, and 2 inches, 18 
qrs. Extra augers, and other sizes, furnished to order. 

Of these machines we have a variety, including those with iron frames capable 
of being set at any angle for boring. 



C. V. MAPES IIXUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 



223 



Fay's Portable Mortising Machine. 




Fig. 4] 7. This is a complete machine in itself mov- 
able from place to place in the shop or room, and is 
operated independently of any fixtures of the build- 
ing. It is a convenient and valuable machine for 
all light work. Of these we have several patterns. 
Also, planing machines, tenanting machines, etc. 



Fig. 417. Fay's Portable Mortising Machine 



Portable Forge and Bellows. 




Fig. 418. 

These forges are circular, and capable of being entirely closed, so as to prevent 
danger from fire. The fumes and smoke are readily carried, by a simple pipe, to a 
chimney ; they have an opening at the apex of the cone, enabling them to be used 
out of doors. The bellows is situated below the hearth, and protected within 
the case ; while the water, if used in excess, is carried off by a gutter connecting 



224 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



with the forge, directly under the twier, and carried off at the back. There are six 
sizes of Blacksmiths' Forges, and five sizes of Jewellers' Forges, represented 
by the engraving. 

The Patent Eccentric Wrench. 

PATENTED SEPT. 25, 1859. IMPROVED 1860. 




Fig. 419. 

There is no wrench which can compare with this in ease and quickness of ad- 
justment, since the motion required to change the position of the sliding jaw is 
performed instantaneously. The holding power of the movable jaw is derived 
from a steel cam or eccentric inserted within it, in contact with the bar, and in- 
creasing its stabilitj' by every increase of strain, until released by the pressure of 
the thumb upon a small projecting lever, when the jaw is free to move and adapt 
itself in an instant to a nut of any size. On releasing the lever, the jaw is firmly 
fixed. This is the only principle which can be successfully applied to the crooked 
or S wrench ; and the eccentric S wrench is offered to the public as the first ever 
constructed with a movable jaw, and, from its ease of adjustment, is particularly 
recommended to machinists, carriage-builders, farmers, and all others who now use 
a separate sized S wrench for every size of nut. They are finished in the best 
manner, and combine, in a high degree, simplicity, strength, and durability. 



The Brush or Koot-Puller. 

Fig. 420. This is a very useful 
implement to attach to bushir, 
clumps of roots, and bogs, for the 
purpose of pulling them out of the 
ground. It is made with two, three, 
or four claws. These are hooked 
to the bush close to the ground, an 
ox-chain is then hooked into a hole 
at the other end of the puller, the 
cattle attached, when the bush or roots are easily hauled out. It is a great labor- 
saver in clearing new lands or bushy pastures. 




Tig. 420. The Bush or Root Puller. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



225 



Kenny's Patent Stump Extractor and Press. 




Fig. 421 is a good arrangement 
of lever chains, etc., as expressed in 
the engraving, for the pulling of 
stumps, removal of stones, moving 
buildings, pulling locomotives or 
cars on the track when off, the press- 
ing of cider, hops, hay, cloth, cot- 
ton, or almost any work where great 
lever power is wanted. It may be 
operated by hand or horse power, 
or by both combined ; weighing 850 
pounds. The price of No. 1 is 
$175, No. 2, $125. 



226 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 



Hall's Hand-power Patent Stump Machine. 




Fig. 422. This is a cheap machine, composed of an upright frame sustaining a shaft 
armed with a chain, and having a pawl and rachet on each end of the shaft, to 
which may be attached hand levers of any desired length ; the chain being attached 
to the stump, may be worked like the handle of a pump, and all the power gained 
at each oscillation is retained by the pawl and rachet. It is extremely simple, and 
may readily be moved from place to place. 



V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



227 



Willis' Patent Stnmp Extractor. 




Fig. 423. The power of this 
machine is very great, and its ac- 
tion rapid. Secured to one anchor 
stump, in a central point, it may 
turn upon such anchor, without 
change of fasten ^ng, till perhaps an 
acre of ground is cleared of stumps, 
expeditiously, and with but slight 
expense of labor as compared with 
the work done. The machine is 
equally well adapted to clearing 
land of large stones, pulling them 
from their resting-place and lifting 
them high enough to place a cart 
or stone-boat under, and then de- 
positing the stone on the vehicle 
for removal from the field. It is 
also advantageously employed in 
the moving of buildings, and in the 
construction of roads, removing 
trees, stumps, stones, and other 
obstructions from the route. 

This is a single-lever power, not 
in the least complicated, but hav- 
S ing chains so arranged in connec- 
tion with it, that the resistance it 
is capable of overcoming is made 
to depend, not upon the strength 
of the team, but upon the time it 
works. Thus, a team that would 
overcome a resistance of ten tons 
in one miaute, would overcome a 
resistance of a hundred tons in ten 
minutes. It was on this ground 
that the editor of the Sprinfjjield 
RejmhUcan, after seeing it work, 
las said, " With it a yoke of cattle 
will move any thing, lift any thing, 
dislodge any thing, so happily and 
advantageously is the lever power 
applied." 

Hundreds of eye-witnesses have 
reaffirmed the same thing, which 
is strictly true, and is so on the 



228 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



wc41-lvnown mechanical principle, that as the resistance is increased the time 
is prolonged, two or three minutes being required to draw, with a yoke of 
oxen, a stump of one foot and a half diameter, five or six for one of three feet, 
and from ten to fifteen for the largest. Machines of different sizes, prices, and 
power have heretofore been in demand, but the impossibility of making the small 
machines adequate to the heaviest work, in connection with the ascertained fact 
that those who purchase them will put them to that work, has determined the 
manufacturer to off"er hereafter none but the largest machines, adequate to all 
purposes; weight, almost 'wholly of the best wrought-iron, about one ton; cash 
price $225 ; with exclusive right for a township, $250 ; with ditto for a county, 
$350 to $600. 

Improved Carriage, G-arden, and Farm G-ates. 



Fig. 424. This is a superior and durable 
article, being made of white oak, steamed 
and bent under end pressure, so as to pre- 
serve the solidity of the timber; they are 
light, strong, and durable, of many sizes and 
patterns. Those intended for main entrances 
are double or single as may be preferred. 
These gates vary in price, for gardens, from 
82 to $5 ; and double gates for main eo- 
trances, from $8 to $25, according to style 
and size. 




Babbit's Premium Portable Fence. 

Fig. 425 represents, in perspective, the improved Farm, Plantation, and 
Railroad Fence. It was the design of the inventor to construct a cheap but dur- 
able fence, which could be readily set up or taken down, and that when put up, 
should not be liable to any derangement by frost, exposure to winds, or unruly 
cattle. This fence can be used as a permanent or a temporary one. Forty rods 
of it can be taken down and put up in a day by one man. It is made of oak, 
hemlock, or pine, and can be made ornamental by attaching caps to the posts. 
The fence cannot be blown down even in the most exposed places, as has been 
proved. It makes not only a cheap fence, but one in all respects equal to the 'best, 
and possesses decided advantnges over all others, and is equally adapted for a cot- 
tage or a prairie fence. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



229 




Fig. 425. 

Picket, and other styles of fence, manufactured by machinery, are in prepara- 
tion, and will be furnished at from $2 to $4 per rod. 



Scales, 





Fig. 426. Hay Scales. 



Fig. 427. Warehouse Scales. 




Railroad, canal, coal, hay, store, and other platform 
scales, of every variety of size and pattern, at manu- 
facturers' prices. 



Fig. 428. Platform Scales. 




Fig. 429, Since 
the original inven- 
tion of the cotton 
gin, by Eli Whit- 
ney, the improve- 
ments have been 
simply to increase 
the number of lags 
on the brush cyl- 
inder, with the 
view of subdivid- 
ing the pellets from 
the saw-gin teeth 
into a finely-divided 
lint ; but it has re- 
mained for the in- 
ventors of the above 
to add a condenser, 
, so as to deliver the 
lint in a continuous 
bat ready for pack- 
ing in the bale, and 
thus doing away 
with the tedious 
process of stamping 
and com pressing the 
lint. The engrav- 
ing so thoroughly 
represents the ma- 
chine and its action 
as to render des- 
cription unneces- 
sary; the separation 
of sand, dirt, etc., 
is quite perfect. 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



231 



Howell's Quartz Crusher and Universal Mill. 




Fig. 430. Howell's Quartz Crasher and Universal Mill. 

Fig. 430 represents this extraordinary mill which is capable of crushing a larger 
amount of material with a less expenditure of power than any other mill now in 
use. The engraving fully represents all the parts ; and a portion of the side left 
off to exhibit the arms, shows its inside structure. The shell is three feet diameter 
and five inches wide ; a steel shaft passes through the centre, armed with six pro- 
jections or arms, reaching nearly to the periphery or rim, which is corrugated on 
its inner side. 

The material to be crushed is thrown in alongside the shaft, and has its exit on 
the opposite side, through the pipe there represented. Each piece of ore or other 
material, as received, is stricken by the arms and immediately rendered dust fine, 
in which condition it is thrown out at the tube on the opposite side by the action 
as a centrifugal blower. The fineness of the product and the efficiency of the 
mill depend entirely upon the velocity with which it is moved, and the position 
of the pipe for the exit of the ground material. At low velocities it will be an ex- 
cellent rice and coffee huller, and at high velocities the hardest gold quartz can be 
reduced to an impalpable powder. 

The exit pipe should pass into a room of sufficient length to enable the different 



232 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

products, as in the grinding of wheat, to settle by their difference of gravity in 
various portions of the room, thus doing away with the necessity of bolting, bran 
dusting, etc. 

It may be used for various purposes other than those enumerated, such as pre- 
paring facing for foundcries ; disintegration of short pieces of old rope, in place 
of picking oakum ; shelling the various South American nuts ; preparing linseed, 
prior to its being pressed ; crushing of poppy and other oil-yielding seeds; prepar- 
ing dye-woods after being sawed into blocks, previous to separating the extract; 
cleansing cocoa from its shells ; crushing of bones ; grinding of corn, oats, etc., as 
horse feed ; beating cut corn stalks into the loose fibre, after having been passed 
through the cutting box ; grinding wheat without the flour being lubbed as in 
other mills, and cleanly separating, by difference of gravity, the bran, etc.; dividing- 
bark for tanners' use into a fibre, instead of compressed particles, so as the more 
readily to admit of the extraction of the tannic acid ; grinding of loaf sugar ; prep- 
aration of zinc and other ores, previous to their use in furnaces; pulverization of 
Franklinite pig iron, Arkansite stone and other hard substances, before being mixed 
with gutta percha and cast into files, rasps, etc. ; preparation of bone black for 
blacking makers, printing ink makers, etc. ; the division of fur, preparatory to 
felting ; grinding drugs ; grinding, in the dry state, of white lead, arsenic, baryta, 
etc. ; grinding of old fire-brick in the manufacture of clay retorts ; preparation of 
plumbago for black lead pots; preparation of clays, feldspar, etc., for the manufacture 
of porcelain ; division of the coarser kinds of paper stock into fibre, such as beech- 
wood shavings, cut straw, etc.; grinding of Rosendale and other cement stones, ei- 
ther hot or cold ; grinding of many kinds of snuff"; and for purposes of disintegration 
generally. Weight 1200 lbs. ; price, with pulley complete, in working order, $300. 

ANALYSIS OF THE ACTION OF HOWELL'S QUARTZ CRUSHER. 

For a clear understanding of the action of this instrument, it will be necessary to 
analyze some of the natural laws which are brought into requisition during its use. 

The diff'erence between absolute momentum and continued force is well under- 
stood ; but when the momentum is carried up to unusual speeds it is claimed that 
new actions and functions are developed, which are not to be found in the trip 
hammer or other usual methods of exercising momentum. Suppose a piece of gold 
quartz thrown into the atmosphere, and during its descent to be stricken by a 
sledge hammer, travelling at the rate of twenty thousand feet per minute, it is 
claimed that the action will not be merely to break the gold quartz into many 
pieces, but to surprise the cohesive power of the mass, and thus, for an instant of 
time, to do away with that property, rendering the mass representing smoke or 
the finest possible division of matter. And this claim, we think, can be rendered 
understandable by a clear illustration of what constitutes cohesion, and also by a 
development of a new function which may be thus expressed. 

A body in motion is said, in common mechanical parlance, to have a power as 
a prcjo^'tile "equal to ils weight multiplied by its velocity ;" it may be said, with 
equal ivAh, that the hardness of a body in motion is equal to its hardness multi- 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 233 

plied by its velocity. Thus it is known that a tallow candle may be thrown 
from a gun through an inch plank, while it is apparent that a candle is much 
softer than a board ; it is also well known that a disc of soft iron rapidly revolved 
will cut in two a bar of steel, and, indeed, that any substance which from its sur- 
roundings and peculiar configuration ^an be passed with great velocity is increased 
in its relative hardness. Let us admit, then, that with Howell's machine the mov- 
ing arms may be made to reach the velocity claimed as necessary to surprise cohe- 
sion. If we examine cohesion as a property in matter varying in different substances, 
and suppose it to arise from the attraction of particles for each other, rather than 
from a hook-like form of particles interlacing each other, we shall find no difficulty 
in comprehending the immense force necessary to sever it. Thus, a cubic inch of 
steel, or an inch area of steel would be more proper in this case, exercises tension 
at the rate of 90,000 lbs. when applied as continued force and not as a momentum. 
If we recollect the rule that attraction is inversely as the squares of the distances, 
and then admitting that, with an ordinary magnet, the attraction exercised upon 
the keep at the distance of one inch is 1 lb., then at a half an inch it will be 4 lbs. 
at a quarter of an inch 16 lbs., at the eighth of an inch 256 lbs., at the sixteenth 
of an inch 65,536 lbs., at the thirty-second of an inch, the square of that number, 
and so on at the same ratio, until at the point which is supposed to be actually in 
contact it is no longer curious that the inch area should sustain 90,000 lbs., but, 
rather, that any amount of force which could be practically applied would draw it 
asunder; and were it not for that film of resistance described by Newton it could 
not be separated. When a surface is attacked by absolute momentum this film of 
resistance may be pierced, and although in ordinary use two billiard balls do not 
really touch each other, and, therefore, the polish is not destroyed and the balls 
are not split, still, with an increased amount of momentum, both these effects will 
occur. As an illustration, suppose a polished anvil have placed upon it a piece of 
gold leaf, and you should put upon this any amount of continued force, it would 
not cause any connection between the gold and the anvil, and after removing 
the impinging matter the gold leaf might be blown off; but if the gold leaf be 
stricken by a polished hammer, so as to develope momentum at the point of con- 
tact, that point alone will be found to be permanently gilt, and if we scrape oflf 
the surface to the depth of three times the thickness of the gold leaf we shall still 
find gold imbuing the metal. This is a well-known fact, and fairly illustrates that 
by absolute momentum the film of resistance may be pierced, and certain metals 
may be forced into each other. 

Now, in the use of the arms of Mr. Howell's machine, we would claim that ab- 
solute momentum, and not continued force, is the form in which all the power is 
developed at the speed proposed by Mr. Howell ; this momentum is sufficient not 
only to do away with the film of resistance at the point of contact, but to surprise 
the cohesion of the particles, so that instead of breaking the mass into many pieces 
it absolutely divides it into its ultimate particles; and there is a speed at which 
chalcedony and gold quartz may be crushed by this machine, so that the powder 
resulting is so fine that when rubbed between the fingers it is soft like velvet, 

15 



234 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 

exhibiting no grit or other proof of crystalline or other structure ; nor will 
the machine itself be abraded during this action, for so great is the speed of 
the arms giving the momentum, that their hardness, as before explained, is in- 
creased in the same ratio, and even the surface of these castings will not be abra- 
ded, while the substances they are impinged upon will be delivered from the ma- 
chine in this finely-divided condition. 

All former methods of crushing gold quartz have failed in exhibiting all the gold 
for the want of an entire mechanical division of the particles. This maj'' be 
thus understood : a piece of pure gold drawn across the surface of a hone leaves a 
yellow mark, and in manj' kinds of gold ores this graphitic-like mark is to be found 
percolating the mass, and when divided by washing, despite of all methods yet 
pursued, it passes oft" with the water. Indeed, this finely-divided gold will float a 
month on the surface of water without becoming wet on the upper side of the par- 
ticles, or in other words without sinking, and it is therefore lost. Many specimens 
of gold quartz contain a much larger amount of gold than can be separated from 
them, after what is usually called thorough grinding, by washing, and the same 
defects from the same causes occur during the attempted modes of amalgamation. 
When the quartz, however, is crushed by Howell's machine at its greatest velocity 
of action every graphitic indication of the gold is caused to appear upon the sur- 
face of the particles, and, therefore, it may be removed by ordinary amalgamation. 
We have seen ores crushed with this machine which would yield a larger percent- 
age of gold beyond the amount obtained by the usual methods, than th" amount 
so obtained. 



Patent Agricultiiral Caldron and General Steamer. 

Two Silver Medals have been aivarded this Ap^mrahcs by the New Yorh State 
Agricultural Society at Albany and Elmira ; also the highest Premiums 
at several County Fairs. 

Fig. 431 represents Prindle's Patent Steamer, which takes the place of the open 
caldron-boiler, and at the same time is readily converted into an apparatus by 
which food of all kinds may be steamed, water heated, etc. The lower portion, as 
represented in the cut, is a furnace suited for either wood or coal, and readily 
changed from one to the other. In the top of this stove the apparatus is inserted, 
an hemispherical kettle, which may be used as an open kettle when required ; on 
top, in a reversed position, is another hemisphere, forming the whole into a globe 
or sphere, half inserted within the furnace. These are connected together by the 
clamps J J, so as to make a steam-tight joint. Water may be introduced through 
the tunnel B. D is a steam pipe, with a flexible pipe, L, attached, which may be 
passed into an ordinary hogshead or other convenient vessel containing water, for the 
exit of the steam, thus enabling vessels containing food to be steamed, water to be 
boiled, etc. C is both a safety and a vacuum valve, so that while it protects the vessel 
from accident, from the expansive force of the steam, it also prevents the vacuum 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATJED CATALOGUE. 



235 




Fig. 431. Patent Agricultural Caldroa and General Steamer- 

which may be caused by nesjligence in permitting the hogshead to become empty 
of water, from drawing back fluids into the boiler, or from collapsing from outside 
pressure. When this flexible tube L, connected with D, is passed into wooden 
tubing placed beneath the ground, the steam may be conducted eighty or one hun- 
dred feet, and at the other end made to operate by another flexible tube on vessels 
containing water, etc. 

The whole apparatus is simple, requiring no knowledge of mechanics to put it 
together or take it apart. The only joint to be made is J J, where clamps arranged 
on inclined planes may be driven until the joints are tight, thus connecting the 
upper and lower hemispheres ; and a single cord or piece of twine placed between 
these two faces is compressed so as to make a perfect joint. 

By reference to Working Farmer, for March, 1861, a full description may be 
(bund of the advantages arising from the cooking of food for hogs, cattle, etc. 
There are two sizes of these caldrons, prices $35 to $40. Circulars, with full ch- 
scriptions and testimonials, furnished when required. 



23G 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Patent Stone Digger and Wall Layer. 




Fig. 432. BoUes' Patent Stone Digger and Wall Layer. 

Fig. 432 represents this machine which has been found practically and economi- 
cally useful, meeting with unqualified approbation from all who have seen it in 
operation. The mechanical appliances are of the best kind, enabling a single 
operator to lift heavy stones from the earth, even of five tons' weight, without 
digging to relieve them. They can be drawn from the field without unloading, 
and placed into a wall five feet high. 

Recommendations in relation to this machine are of the strongest kind. They 
are now in use in many parts of New York and New England. 



Patent Cow Milker. 

This machine is the invention of Mr. L. O. Colvin, and contains many theoreti- 
cal advantages over all other machines previously proposed for the same purpose. 
It will be seen by the engraving, that it is a pan or pail with a portion of its top 
covered, and armed with an ingenious vacuum pump, so simple in construction as 
not to be liable to derangement ; on this are four flexible teat cups, so arranged 
as to be capable, both as to size and distance apart, to fit any cow. The handles 
of this machine work the pump so as to alternate the action on the teats, which 
in all respects closely resembles the manipulations caused by the mouth of the 
calf while sucking. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



237 




Fig. 433. Patent Cow Milker. 

It is claimed that cows will stand more quietly to be milked by this machine 
than when milked by hand. 

The pumps are readily taken apart for cleansing by hot water, and the dia- 
phragms being made of part rubber are not injured, and are easily removed and 
replaced. The whole machine weighs but 6|^ lbs. ; price |10. 



Patent Knife and Fork Cleaner. 




Fig. 434 is fully described in the en- 
giaving. It is composed of four rubber 
loUers screwed together, and the knife 
01 fork is introduced between them. 
It is accompanied by a Polishing Pow- 
der, which while it removes the oxide 
tiom the surface of the utensil to be 
cleaned, does not materially abrade the 
metal ; giving to steel and iron a clean 
>ilvery finish, while silver forks may 
have their surfaces renewed very read- 
ily. Price of Cleaner, with package of 
Powder, $2. 



Fig. 434. Patent Knife and Fork Cleaner. 



238 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Hawse's Patent Clothes Dryer. 

Fig. 435 is an improvement on all the 
Clothes Dryers which have preceded it. 
An upright is placed in the ground or 
floor of the drying room, and a folding 
frame is so arranged upon it, that it may 
either be closed so as to take up but little 
room, or suffered to expand as in the dry- 
ing, so as to present a great length of 
clothes line for drying. It may be more 
or less elevated at the will of the operator 
so as to take advantage of light winds by 
high elevation, or be partially closed when 
necessary. There are two sizes, viz. : No. 1 
has arms 7 feet long, and spreads 150 feet 
of clothes line ; price $6. No. 2 has arms 
6 feet long, and spreads 120 feet of clothes 
ine ; price $5. 

G-entleman's Tool Cliest. 

Fig. 436. Gentleman's Tool Chest; size, 2 feet 4 inches long, 1 foot 2 inches 
wide, and 10^ inches high ; made from best cherry, exterior French polished, with 
brass trimmings and lifting handles, partitions and drawers containing every arti- 
cle. Superior Tools ready for use, designed for mechanics, amateurs," planters and 
farmers. 

LISl OF ARTICLES. 

12 Brace Bits, assorted. 




Jack Plane, double iron. 
Smooth Plane, double iron. 



1 Mill Saw File, handled. 

1 pair 8 inch Carpenter's Nippers. 

1 Claw Hammer. 

1 Oil Can. 

1 Chalk Line Reel, with Awl. 

1 Eip Saw, 22 inch. 

1 Cross Cut Saw, 20 inch. 

2 Sewing Awls, handled. 
2 Sadltrs' Awls, handled. 

2 Pegging Awls, handled. 
1 Cold Chisel, extra heavy. 
1 Nail Set. 

1 Prick Punch. 

1 Round Punch. 

1 pair Compasses, 8 inch. 

1 Try Square, 6 inch. 

1 Ball Brace. 

3 Spur Augur Bits, 7-8, 9-16, and 3-8 inch. 



1 pair Plyers, 4|- inch. 

1 Wood Gauge. 

1 Cast Steel Drawing Knife. 

1 No. 1 Hatchet. 

1 2 inch Screw Driver. 

1 6 inch Screw Driver. 

1 Taper Saw File, handled. 

2 Gouges, 5-8 and i inch. 

4 Firmer Chisels, i, i, 1, and 1| inch, 

handled. 
1 Oil Stone, in box, with cover. 
1 Two Foot Rule. 
1 Lead Pencil. ^ 

1 Square Lignumvitaj Mallet. 

1 Appletree Brad Awl Set,, containing 

20 Tools and Wrench. 

2 Gimlets. 

1 Two Foot Iron Square. 
1 Scratch Awl, handled. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



239 






Fig. 436. Gentleman's Tool Chest. 

Making in the aggregate eighty different Tools, besides the Chest, packed in 
cases ready for shipping. Price, each, $20. 

In addition to the above we have the Planter's Tool Chest, price $30 ; Youth's 
Tool Chest, price $13 ; Boy's Tool Chest, price $8 ; Juvenile Tool Chest, 
price $2 50. 



240 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



Patent Animal Trap. 




Fig. 437. 



Fig. 438. 



This ingenious contrivance is very effective in use. Wild animals of any size 
are readily caught by it. The upper part suspended to the loop, in Figs. 437 and 
438, is a pair of pistol barrels, to which is appended a spring and the necessary 
arrangement for percussion caps. Below extends a double barb, which when com- 
pressed together may be forced upward in a slot made to receive it. The bait is 
placed on this barb, and the pistol loaded in the usual manner, and the whole con- 
trivance suspended from a tree or other convenient object. The animal seizes the 
bait, and instantly on touching it both barrels are discharged, throwing the balls 
immediately through his head, while the barbs expand themselves within his 
mouth rendering his retreat impossible. When desirable to catch the animal alive 
it may be done with the barb, leaving the barrels unloaded. 

These traps will effectually operate on minks, wood-chucks, otters, wild cats, 
lynx, foxes, wolves, panthers, tigers, bears, buffaloes, alligators, etc., in fact, on all 



C. V. MAPES ILI-USTRATED CATALOGUE. 



241 



animals which repay hunting or are dangerous to the farmer. They are protected 
from the weather by a rubber casing. There are three sizes ; price $3, $5, and $7. 



The Aquarius. 




Fig. 439. The Aquarius. 

Fig. 439 is a new and most invaluable article, being a complete and perfect hand 
apparatus for throwing water. It will throw about eight gallons per minute, fifty 
feet high, with the power of only one hand applied, and is suited for washing win- 
dows, carriages, watering gardens, sprinkling streets, throwing on liquid composi- 
tion — such as whale oil, soap suds, tobacco water, etc., for destroying insects on 
trees, roses, and other plants — pumping water from the holds of vessels and small 
boats, cellars, etc., wetting sails, washing decks, starting aqueducts ; it is most in- 
valuable for extinguishing fires, and for wetting roofs near fires ; it should be at 
hand in every barn, stable, work-shop or dwelling-house, as it may be put in opera- 
tion by any one, is portable, and cannot readily get out of order. Its weight is 
but 8 lbs. 

Price, complete, with 2h feet of suction and 3 feet of discharge hose, with brass 
discharge pipe and sprinkler, $10. 



242 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTKATED CATALOGUE. 



Mapes' Nitrogenized Snper-Phosphate of Lime, 

For Corn, Cotton, Potatoes, Tobacco, Grain Crops, Vegetable Gardens, Lawns, etc. 
Composed of Dried Blood, Burnt Bones, Sulphuric Acid, Peruvian Guano, and 
Sulphate of Ammonia. 

PATEISTTED 1859. 



LARGE SILVER MEDAL 



Awarded by the 




AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF 
NEW YORK. 

1859. 



Testimonials from hundreds of farmers of high standing, who have used it for 
several years. 

Does not exhaust the land like guano, but permanently improves it. 

One hundred pounds of Nitrogenized Super-Phosphate of Lime will equal in 
effect and lasting power one hundred and eighty-five pounds of Peruvian Guano. 

Prevents rust in cotton, bolls from shedding — ameliorates the effects of 
drought, etc. 

Prior to the year 1847, Super-phosphate had been made in England, by treating 
burnt bones with sulphuric acid, and by the formation of sulphate of lime, thus 
abstracting one atom of lime from the bones, a soluble phosphate had been formed. 
In 1847, J. J. Mapes made a series of experiments, thus: he found, analytically, 
that Peruvian guano contained the necessary elements for insuring the growth of 
plants, but not in the right relative proportions to each other. He instituted a 
series of experiments, practically, by which he proved that one hundred pounds of 
burnt bones, treated with fifty-six pounds of sulphuric acid, thirty-six pounds of 
Peruvian guano, and twenty pounds of sulphate of ammonia, formed a mixture 
every way superior to Peruvian guano, aud that it would not stimulate the soil, 
but would continually add to its fertility. 

The market gardeners of Harsiraus and elsewhere, who had tried this mixture, 
approved of its results, but complained that it was not quick enough in the early 
part of the season: as tomatoes and vegetables, when brought early to market, 
brought the same number of dollars that they produced shillings at twenty days' 
later date. 

He had found that one barrel of blood, fresh from the animal, mixed with a cord 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 243 

of organic matter, would, by fermentation, produce a manure equal to a cord of 
well-rotted stable manure. He further found that seventeen barrels of blood, when 
dried, would make one barrel, and that blood could be procured at comparatively 
little cost, in certain sections; that it could be dried by cooking and pressing, so 
as to produce a dry powder. 

The first mixture he had formed, before enumerated, he called Improved Super-phos- 
phate of Lime, it being a better article than the English Super-phosphate ; he mixed 
this with an equal bulk of dried blood, and called it the Nitrogenized Super-phosphate 
of Lime, since which, some fifty companies have imitated this article under various 
names, and with the view of rendering theirs popular, have traduced Professor Mapes 
and his article, claiming to make that of a superior quality. But during all this 
tirade, the demand for Mapes' Nitrogenized Super-phosphate of Lime has doubled. 
Peruvian guano contains an excessive amount of ammonia, the only use of which 
is to render water capable of dissolving a larger amount of the inorganic constitu- 
ents of the soil, or, in other words, to act as an excitant. The market gardeners 
of New Utrecht commenced some years ago by using two hundredweight of guano 
to the acre ; they are now compelled to use twelve hundred weight to produce the 
same effect, and their land is evidently impoverished by its use, while those who 
have used the Nitrogenized Super-phosphate of Lime have found their soils to be 
steadily improved, and instead of requiring more, they require less fertilizing material 
each year. 

Among the advantages arising from the use of the Nitrogenized Super-phosphate 
are the following : It carries no weed-seed to the soil ; it prevents rust, and insures 
the perfecting of plants; thus, when used on cotton, the bolls do not fall, and, as 
by the experience of Mr. Lomas, Colonel Davis, Colonel Godwin, Colonel Dowse, 
and others, it gives a greater weight of cotton per acre. For wheat, it has steadily 
proved itself superior to Peruvian guano : when in contact with Seed, it does not 
destroy it as does the Peruvian guano; its application is less expensive than that 
of other manures. Uneven crops may be rendered even by applying phosphate to 
the less successful parts during their growth, and thus full crops may be attained. 
The wheat crop of NewYork has decreased from thirty-five bushels per acre to less 
than eleven ; that of Ohio, from forty bushels to eleven and a half per acre ; and 
this arises from the export of eighty pounds or more of phosphate of lime in the 
bones of every animal sent to the sea-board, and a relative quantity in every bushel 
of wheat exported. These and similar lands are at once restored by the use of 
Nitrogenized Super-phosphate. Its use dispenses with much labor in the care of 
the crop, as compared with the use of barn-yard manures, thereby increasing the 
profit of farming ; it supplies the deficiency of phosphate of lime and other in- 
gredients, produced by excessive reaping of grain and undue pasturage. 

Every year presents new imitators of this fertilizer, who manufacture an inferior 
article, using the mineral phosphates as a basis, instead of the calcined bones of 
animals. 

The Nitrogenized Super-phosphate of Lime is composed of the calcined bones 
of animals, treated with sulphuric acid, to the extent that it will be of use to 
render the phosphate soluble and acceptable to plant life, to which is added thirty- 



9A4r 



C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 



six pounds of Peruvian guano, the carbonate of ammonia of which is immediately 
changed to the sulphate of ammonia by the sulphuric acid ; to this is added 
twenty pounds of sulphate of ammonia, and to these an equal weight of dried bull- 
ocks' blood, thus forming a manure, one hundred pounds of which are equal in power 
and lasting effect to one hundred and eighty-five pounds of the best Peruvian 
guano. 

The reports of committees of the American Institute, and other associations, 
who have visited the farm of Professor Mapes, prove that, although it is manured 
entirely with this fertilizer, no other manure has yet been used which produces 
an equal amount of profit. 

The followino; are some of the Noitiiorn agents for this fertilizer : 



Bamber & Co.. Fort Plain, N. T. 

J. S. Coolcy & Co., Canandaigua, N. T. 

Cyrus Chase, Croton Falls, N. Y. 

Cheat & Bro., Auburn, N. Y. 

Wm. Walker, Rochester, N. Y. 

S. 11. Fullara, Fairpoit, N. Y. 

J. A. Disbrow, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 

Georgn Field, Geneva, K Y. 

J. D. Morgan, Penn Yann, N. Y. 

Montanye & Reynolds, Kingston, N. Y. 

Hnviland, Clark & Co., Hudson, N. Y. 

J. Walker & Co., Schenectady, N Y. 

Webb, Walker & Co., Utica, N. Y. 

Nourse, Mason & Co., Boston, Mass. 

Hovey & Co., Boston, Mass. 

Draper & Clark, Worcester, Mass. 

Geo. A. Armes k Co., Greenfield, Mass. 

J. G. Dickinson, Hatfield, Mass. 

Oscar Edwards, North Hampton, Mass. 

Geo. Leonard, Taunton, Mass. 

Crossett & Co., Springfield, Mass. 

Hall & Trumbull, Palmer, Mass. 

Stephen ^fansur, Lowell, Mass. 

Chas. R. Mason, Lawrence, Mass. 

D. F. Woodwell & Co., Newburyport, Mass. 

J. S. Ives, Salem, Mass. 

Fletcher & Norton, Westfield, Mass. 

R. B. Bradley & Co., New Haven. Ct. 

"Apothecaries' Hall," Waterbury, Ct. 

Among the principal Southern agents 

J. A. Quimby, Augusta, Ga. 

W. J. Anderson & Co., Fort Valley, Ga. 

McNaught, Ormond & Co., Atlanta, Ga. 

E. W. Moise & Co., Columbus, Ga. 

Richardson & Martin, Savannah, Ga. 

Ayres, Wingfleld & Co., Macon, Ga. 

W. P. Fambrough & Co., Griffin, Ga. 

Graveley & Pringle, Charleston, S. C. 

W. S. Woods, Columbia, S. C. 

H. & N. E. Solomon, Hamburg, S. C. 



0. J. Lamb & Co., Norwich, Ct. 
Harris, Wilhams & Co., New London, Ct. 
L. W. Crane, Stafibrd Springs, Ct. 
Isaac Backus, Hartford, Ct. 
J. N. Brown, Stonington, Ct. 
T. Ransom & Co., Bridgeport, CL 
Barrett & Son, Rutland, Yt. 
Joseph Clark, Brattleboro', Vt. 
Frost & Goodhue. Brattleboro', Vt. 
Armes k Wilson, Bellows Falls, Vt, 
J. P. Dewey, Montpelier, Vt. 
Jason Davenport, Middlebury, Vt. 
D. C. Jenckes, Providence, R. I. 
Jeremy Perkens, Dover, N. H. 
A. H. Dunlap, Nashua, N. H. 
J. F. Schores, jr., Portsmouth, N. H. 
J. H. Chase, Concord, N. H. 
W. Sparrow, Portland, Me. 
Aleves & Kimball, Biddeford, Me. 
D. Woodward, Augusta, Me. 
Geo. C. Pickering, Bangor, Me. 
Whitaker, James & Darrah, Trenton, N. J. 
Scott Berrian, Princeton, N. J. 
T. N. Adams, Bordentown, N. J. 
Thos. Milnor & Son, Burlington, N. J. 
Broadwell & Corwin, Morristown, N. J. 
A. R. Haines, Mount Holley, N. J. 
Paschall, Morris & Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 
Graham, Emlin & Passmore, Philadelphia, Pa. 

for this fertilizer are the following : 

Stein & Evans, Greenville, S. C. 
B. T. Brockover, Norfolk, Va. 
Irby & Saunders, Lynchburg, Va. 
Hugh Scott, Fredericksburg, Va. 
Addison, Wallace & Co., Alexandria, Va. 
J. P. Bartholow, Washington, D. C. 
Richardson, Small & Co., Baltimore, Md. 
Busey & Barnard, Georgetown, D. 0. 
Pomeroy & Marshall, Mobile, Ala. 
R. M. Robertson, Demopolis, Ala. 



C. V. MAPES ILLUSTRiffED CATALOGUE. 



245 



Certificates have been received froni the following gentlemen, many of whom 
have used the phosphate for years : 

L. Berckmans, Georgia. 
* James Higgins, State Chemist, Baltimore, Md. 
James C. Clioate, Portsmouth, Va. 



Peter Jos. Clinton, Norfolk City. 
E. ]Sr. Fuller, Edisto Island, S. C. 

* Prof. Chas. Upham Shepard, Charleston, S. C. 
W. H. Hite, New Glasgow, Amherst Co..ya. 
Sherman Mead, Macon, Ga. 

* Prof E. N. Hosford, Harvard University. 
H. Lomas, Columbia, S. C. 

Hon. E. A. Nesbit, Macon, Ga. 
E. M. Pendleton, M. D., Sparta, Ga. 
Editor " New York Day Book." 
Thomas Davis, Columbia, S. C. 
Charles "W. Mixon, Edenton, N. C. 
Thomas A. Myers, Clayraont, Del. 
Gideon Dowes, Georgia. 
Carlisle P. B. Martin, Macon, Ga. 
J. B. Eastman, Baltimore, Ga. 
Solomon Mead, New Haven, Conn. 
T. S. Gold, West Cornwall, Conn. 
John C. Beardsley, Essex Co., N. J. 
Jonathan T. Coml}', Comly's Mills, Ewlng. 
Charles Denison, "Westchester, N. Y. 

* Dr Charles Enderlin, New York, N. Y. 

* Dr. A. A. Hayes, Boston, Mass. 
Morris Ketchum, Westport, Conn. 
E. Hanford, Darien, Conn. 
Nathaniel Weed, Darien, Conn. 
John S. Beach, New Haven, Conn. 
Nathan Moore, jr., Stafford, Conn. 
A. Bagley, New Haven, Conn. 

L. P. Cummiugs, Mamaroneck, N. Y. 

Judge French, Exeter, N. H. 

S. Sturtevant, Myanus, Conn. 

John Farnum, Philadelphia, Pa. 

James Gall, Patersou, N. J. 

Enos Smedley, Westchester, Pa. 

C. V. Mundy, Metuchen, N. J. 

J. W. Arrowsmith, Somerset Co., N. J. 

Charles F. Stone, South Orange, N. J. 



Thomas Shillingford. Essex Co., N. J. 
Alonzo Dickerson, Chester, N. J. 
William Green, East Woodstock. 
William P. Sherman, Trenton, N. J. 
Roswell L. Colt, Paterson, N. J. 
James P. Allaire, Monmouth Co., N. J. 
John Bucklin, American Phalanx, N. J. 
Robert Rennie, West Lodi, N. J. 
John 0. Flood, Paterson, N. J. 
Hon. James Campbell, Weston, N. J. 
George Drayton, Delaware Co., Penn. 
Richard Bedford, Sullivan Co., Penn. 
William S. Lincoln, Worcester, Mass. 
Taertine Burt, Berkley, Mass. 
H. D. Furbush, Portland, Maine. 
John S. Ives, Salem, Mass. 
L. Bodman, jr., Pres't Conway Bank, Mass. 
D. D. Williams, Chester, Vt. 
H. 0. Vail, BellviUc, N. J. 
Joseph Lovell, Morristown, N. J. 
Amory Edwards, Shrewsbury, N. J. 

B. Shattuck, " Farmer and Visitor." 

C. L. Nichols, Fssex Co., N. J. 
S. B. Haliday Providence, R. I. 

Dexter Rowe, Sunderland, • Franklin Co., 

Mass. 
Scudder A. Terry, New Village, L. I. 
William Hunt, Sunderland. 
Prof. Teschemacher, Boston, Mass. 
Mr. Belden, East Whately Mass. 
John C. Robert, New Utrecht, L. I. 
N. Macdonald, Brooklyn, L. I. 

D. L. Cargill, Bloomingburg, N. Y. 
J. Cutwater, Tivoli, N. Y. 
Reuben Eraser, Sullivan Co., N. Y. 
Peter Voorhees, New Utrecht, L. I. 
William Alfred Hull, Sing Sing, N. Y. 
John Staats, Balston Spa, N. Y. 

H. R. Ball, Staten Island, N. Y. 
Solon Robinson, Westchester, N. Y. 
Samuel Wetherell, Bethlehem, Pa^ 



And many others. 



Seeds. 

A Descriptive Catalogue of Garden and Field Seeds for sale by Charles V. Mapes, 
at Mapes' Agricultural Implement and Seed Warehouse, 126 and 128 Nassau street, 
and 11 Beekman street, New York, will be furnished on application. 

Note. — Those marked thus ( * ) are theoretical opinions founded on analysis or knowledge of 
its composition. 



246 C. V. MAPES' ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

Please Notice. — All of these Seeds are raised for me on the farm of Professor 
James J. Mapes, Editor of the Working Farmer, and other reliable growers, and 
purchasers may rely upon their purity. 

Seeds packed for Foreign Shipment in tin boxes, if so ordered. Parties ordering 
varieties not on the list, may rely upon a careful selection and prompt shipment. 

Bulbous Flowering Roots imported direct from the First Nurseries in Europe. 

Fruit and Ornamental Trees, of every description, and of every desirable age 
and size, securely packed and shipped at short notice. 

Shrubs, Roses, Vines, Plants, etc., of every kind, embracing as full an assortment 
as can be procured at any establishment. 

Boxes containing Twenty-five Varieties of Flower Seeds, of the most approved 
kinds, for One Dollar. 

Boxes containing a full assortment of the Best Vegetable Seeds for a Family 
Garden, from One to Five Dollars each. 

Papers, Five Cents each. 

Seeds sent by Mail, Postage Six Cents per Ounce. 

The "Working Farmer." 

A Large Agricultural Monthly Journal — One Dollar per Annum — edited by 
Professor James J. Mapes, assisted by G. E. Waring, H. C. Vail, J. Payne Lowe, 
B. S. Alcott, and P. T. Quinn. 

Volume XIIL, of the present year, will contain series of articles on the following 
subjects : Vegetable Garden, alphabetically arranged. Manures, their Uses and 
Abuses. Fruits and Fruit Trees of America. Improved Implements and Ma- 
chinery. New Processes of Cultivation, with a view to greater perfectness and 
economy. Culture of Cotton, Corn, Tobacco, and green crops as substitutes for 
grass crops in the South. Manipulation of Sugar ; its Growth and Manufacture. 
Advantages of Deep Culture, including Under-draining and Subsoil Plowing. Full 
Reports of Grain and Produce Markets. Treatment and Care of Stock. 

The Working Farmer contains more original matter than any Agricultural 
paper published in this country. All the Editors of this journal are practically en- 
gaged in conducting the several departments upon which they write. 

The back volumes, bound in paper, from Volume II. to XII., will be furnished 
at One Dollar and Twenty-five Cents each, including postage — One Dollar each, 
without postage. Volume I. at Seventy-five Cents, including postage — Fifty Cents, 
without postage. These volumes will form a complete work on the progress of 
Agriculture since the year 1847. 

All subscriptions must be paid in advance. Remittances exceeding Ten Dollars 
should be in the form of drafts. Bills current in any State will be received at 
par value. 

Address the Publisher, CHARLES V. MAPES, 

126 and 128 Nassau and 11 Beekman streets, New York, 

Specimen numbers sent free of expense. 



INDEX. 







PAGE 


Aquarius 


. 


241 


Augers, post, and 


spoons 


182, 183 


Axes 


. 


197 


Bee-hive 


. • • 


. 221 


Bells 


• • . 


215 


Boring machines 


. . 


. 222 


Branding iron 


• • • 


188 


Bash and bill hooks 


. 187 


Carts, harness, etc 


• • • 


166 


Chains, draft, log, 


traces, etc. . 


. 165 


Chest, Gentlemen's Tool 


. 238, 239 


Churns 


. 


. 156 to 158 


Clothes Dryer 


• 


238 


Clod Crusher . 


• 


88 


Coffee and rice hu 


Hers and cleaners 


. 144, 145 


Coffee roasters 


. 


. , 217 


Corn shellers 


• • . . 


148 to 151 


Cotton tools — 






Gins , 


. 


. 173, 230 


Harrow . 


. 


84 


Plows 


. 47, 48, 49, 57, 


64 to 68, 83, 84, 116 to 124 


Truck . 


... 


. 169 


Weeders 


• 


. 77 to 80 


Cultivators 


. 


77 to 84 


Cutters, hay, straw and stalk, meat, etc. . 


. 124 to 12S, 160 to 163 


Dairy tools 


. 


156 to 159 


Digging machine, 


Mapes & Gibbs' 


86, 87 


Drain Tile 


. 


202 


Draining tools 


. 


202 


Engines, Ericsson's Caloric 


213, 214 



248 



Fan mills . 

Fence and gates 

Forge and bellows, portable 

Forks- 
Hay, manure, grain, and weeding 

Fruit gatherer 

Furnaces, agricultural 

Garden tools 

Garden vases and borders 

Grain cradles 

Grindstones and fixtures 

Handles, assorted 

Harness 

Harrows . 

Hatchets and hammers 

Haymakers 

Hay and grain protectors 

Hay, straw, and stalk cutters 

Haying and harvesting tools 

Hoes . . . 

Horse hoes . 

Horticultural tools 

Ice tools 

Jacks, wheel, and jack-screws 

Knives — 

Corn and hay . 
Pruning 

Knife cleaners 

Ladders, foldiug 

Lawn mower, improved 

Manger and hay rack, horse 

Mangle, portable 

Manures, super-phosphate of lime, etc, 

Meat cutters and sausage stuffers 

Milker, Cow 

Mills- 
Cane 
Cider 
Coffee . 
Fan . 

Grain and flour . 
Grocers' sugar 
Paint 



PACK 

135 to 137 

228, 229 

, 223, 22i 

99, 101, 115, 183, 185 
. 188 
152, 153 
184 to 194 
215 
. 100, 101 
101, 102 
. 187 
166, 167 
. 73 to 76 
198 
. 114, 115 
105 
. 124 to 128 
08 to 115 
. 182 to 185 
77 to 79 
.184 to 194 
211, 212 
. 170, 17] 

194 to 190 

. 189, 190 

237 

188 

111 to 113 

180 

220, 221 

231 to 234 

160 to 163 

. 236, 237 

174, 175 

. 154, 155 
147 

135 to 137 

138 to 144, 147 

. 175, 176 

176 to 178 



INDEX. 249 

PAGE 

Mills- 
Quartz and universal ..... 231 to 234 
Saw .... 



Wind 



173 



••••... 212, 212 

Mortising machines, etc. ...... 2'>5 

Mowing and reaping macliines .... 106 to 113 

Ox yokes, bows, patent pins, etc. . . . . .104 

Paring machines, for apples, etc. . . . . . 16^ 

Pig troughs * . ' 178, 179 

Plows- 
Universal, cast-iron . . . . 20 22 to 29 
Universal, steel, . . . , ^ 29 to 33 
Eagle plows, new series . . . . . 34 to 43 
Eagle plows, old series . . . . 43 to 47 

Centre draft plows 50 to 53 

Subsoil plows 64 to 68 

Sod and subsoil, or double, plows . . .26 33 41 to 43 

Swivel or hill-sido plow . . . 33 to 41, 49, 50 

St*^^^ P'o^^'s 54 to 57 

Self-sharpening plows . . . , , 45 to 4 7 

Small plows, various patterns, southern, etc. . . 46 to 49 

Double mould-board plows . . . . 48 49 52 53 

Paring plow ' ' 53,' 54 

Plow trimmings 57 to 01 

Whitney's plowman • . . . . C^ 03 

Lash's spring-beam plow • • . . . 02 

Shovel plow , . o- 

Hand plow ••..,. ft." 

Cotton scraper and sweep . . . . . 83 84 

Plowing, remarks on gg^ 70 to 72 

Plowman, Whitney's iron . . . . . 6'^ 63 

Post augers and spoons . . , , ^ 182 183 

Potato diggers, etc 8G,' 182 

Powers — 

Horse powers 129 to 134 

Dog and sheep . . . , , ^ 133 

Caloric enirines 



Steam engines 
Wind mills 
I*rosses — 
Cheese 



213, 214 
. 215 
212, 213 



159 

Hay and cotton . . . , . . 110 to 124 

Wine and lard 



155 



16 



250 



Price list .... 

Pruning tools 

Pumps, water rams, etc. 

Quartz crushers . . . 

Rakes — 

Cranberry . 

Garden and lawn 

Horse and hand hay 
Rams, hydraullic . . . 

Reaping machines 
Rice and coffee huUers 
Road scrapers 
Rollers, field and garden 
Rollers and hanger for barn-doors 
Root and vegetable cutters . 
Sausage fillers and cutters 
Saw mills and saws, of various patterns 
Scales, hay, warehouse, etc. 
Scrapers, floor, tree, road, etc. 
Scythes, grass, grain, lawn, etc. 
Seed sowers and drills 
Seeds, garden, field, and flower 
Shovels, spades, scoops, etc. 
Smut machines 
Steamer, agricultural 
Stone digger .... 
Stnmp and root pullers 
Threshing machines, cleaners, etc. 
Tile machines, etc. 

Traps, animal .... 
Traps, rat and game 
Trucks, store, cotton, warehouse, etc, 
Underdraining tools, remarks, etc. 
Vanes, weather 

"Washing machines, wringer, etc. 
Weeders, for cotton and carrots 
Well-buckets and wheels . 
Wheelbarrows, garden, railroad, etc. 
Wine presses, mills, etc. 
Wrenches .... 
Yokes, etc. 



PAGE 

1 to 12 

. 189 to 193 

203 to 210 

146 

. 188 

184 

. 102, 104 

209 

. 109, 111 

145 

. 167 

. 89, 90 

. 217 

151, 152 

160 to 163 

. 172, 173, 190 

. 229 

. 167, 194 

98, 99 

. 91 to 97 

234, 235 

. 181, 202 

. 137 

. 234, 235 

. 236 

224 to 227 

129, 133 to 137 

200 to 202 

. 240 

217 

169, 170 

200 to 202 

. 216 

218 to 221 

. 79 

171 

167, 168 

. 154, 155 

199, 200, 224 

. 104, 165 






;^52zr5i 



L C 8. 










•a? '^^ 



^°-'*-. 







^ c 

-^^0^ 



















'^ 



.<^' 



^^--^ 



o V 



.►■^ 






^^0^ 






-^'%^*"/%' 

4 V «^j>. 



V • O *^^ ^ »■ s • • » ,r-\ 






LIBRARY BINDING O 'o, »* .'V -(^ * /^^ 's * 

JUL -B9^f/I^\ ^ -'^ '-^-^ ^ ' 

ST. AUGUSTINE >^<^-'JT^ ' 



IT. AUGUSTINE ^'^f^^- '^b K ° '^ '^-^^ ", ^^ ^ .^^^^G < "^O V ° "^ 

"^^ 32084 r-^^- ^0 % *,--^'%' ^^ o '>^^^^. ^ -J- 

— . _* * o M o •■ ,0 ^ * • I 1 * ..O,^ 0> * O « O ' -0 ^ * ( 



